10-K 1 mcb-20191231x10k.htm 10-K mcb_Current_Folio_10K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from          to         

Commission file number: 001‑38282


METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New York

13-4042724

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

99 Park Avenue, New York, New York

10016

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 659-0600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

Title of each class

    

Ticker Symbol

    

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

MCB

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐   NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐   NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒   NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒   NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act). YES    NO 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on June 30, 2019, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $306.0 million.

As of March 5, 2020, there were issued and outstanding 8,300,687 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCOPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Part III).

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PART I 

 

 

Item 1 

Business

3

Item 1A 

Risk Factors

24

Item 1B 

Unresolved Staff Comments

37

Item 2 

Properties

38

Item 3 

Legal Proceedings

38

Item 4 

Mine Safety Disclosures

38

PART II 

 

 

Item 5 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

38

Item 6 

Selected Financial Data

39

Item 7 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

39

Item 7A 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

60

Item 8 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

62

Item 9 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

63

Item 9A 

Controls and Procedures

63

Item 9B 

Other Information

64

PART III 

 

 

Item 10 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

64

Item 11 

Executive Compensation

64

Item 12 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

64

Item 13 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

65

Item 14 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

65

PART IV 

 

 

Item 15 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

65

Item 16 

Form 10-K Summary

67

SIGNATURES 

68

 

 

 

1

NOTE ABOUT FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10‑K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements reflect Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.’s (the “Company”) current views with respect to, among other things, future events and the Company’s financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “might,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “expect,” “attribute,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “goal,” “target,” “outlook,” “aim,” “would,” “annualized” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company’s industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, the Company cautions that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Factors that may cause actual results to differ from those results expressed or implied, include, but are not limited to, those factors listed in this report under the heading “Risk Factors” and the following: the inability of customers to repay their obligations; developments in the financial services industry and U.S. and global credit markets; downward changes in the direction of the economy nationally; changes in market interest rates; changes in the value of real estate in the Bank’s market area; decreased demand for the Bank’s products and services; competition among depository and other financial institutions; changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in capital requirements; changes in accounting policies and practices; environmental liability; failure to implement new technologies in the Company’s operations; changes in its liquidity; changes in its funding sources; failure of its controls and procedures; and its success in managing risks involved in the foregoing. Although management has taken certain steps to mitigate any negative effect of the aforementioned items, significant unfavorable changes could severely impact the assumptions used and have an adverse effect on profitability. Some of these risks and other aspects of the Company’s business and operations are also described in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances occurring after the date of such statements, except as required by the law.

2

PART I

Item 1.  Business

The Company is a bank holding company headquartered in New York, New York and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act (the “BHC Act”). Through its wholly owned bank subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank (the “Bank” or “Metropolitan”), a New York state chartered bank, the Company provides a broad range of business, commercial and retail banking products and services to small businesses, middle-market enterprises, public entities and affluent individuals in the New York metropolitan area. The Company’s founding members, including the Chief Executive Officer, Mark DeFazio, recognized a need in the New York metropolitan area for a solutions-oriented, relationship bank focused on middle market companies and real estate entrepreneurs whose financial needs are often overlooked or deprioritized by larger financial institutions. The Bank was established in 1999 with the goal of helping these under-served clients build and sustain wealth. Its motto, “The Entrepreneurial Bank,” is a reflection of the Bank’s aspiration to develop a middle-market bank that shares the same entrepreneurial spirit of its clients. By combining the high-tech service and relationship-based focus of a community bank with the extensive suite of financial products and services offered by its largest competitors, Metropolitan is well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the significant growth opportunities available in the New York metropolitan area.

In addition to traditional commercial banking products, the Bank offers corporate cash management and retail banking services and serves as an issuing bank for third-party debit card programs nationwide. The Bank has developed various deposit gathering strategies, which generate the funding necessary to operate without a large branch network. These activities, together with six strategically located banking centers, generate a stable source of deposits and a diverse loan portfolio with attractive risk-adjusted yields. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s assets, loans, deposits and stockholders’ equity totaled $3.36 billion, $2.67 billion, $2.79 billion and $299.1 million, respectively.

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”). The Company is required to file with the FRB reports and other information regarding its business operations and the business operations of its subsidiaries. As a state-chartered bank that is a member of the FRB, the Bank is subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations as well as primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) as the state regulator and by the FRB as its primary federal regulator.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was enacted in April 2012, made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”). The Company qualifies as an EGC under the JOBS Act.

As an EGC, the Company is not required to, and does not hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An EGC also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting and can provide reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation. Finally, as an EGC, the Company has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements on a delayed basis in the same manner as a private company.

A company loses EGC status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of  $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.05 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

3

Amendments to the SEC’s Smaller Reporting Company Definition

On June 28, 2018, the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted amendments to its regulations that raise the thresholds of which entities would be defined as a smaller reporting company (“SRC”), which permits reduced disclosure and later filing deadlines. The amendments to the SRC definition became effective on September 10, 2018. Under the new definition of SRC, a company with less than $250 million of public float will be eligible to provide reduced disclosures. Additionally, companies with less than $100 million in annual revenues and either no public float or a public float that is less than $700 million will also be eligible to provide reduced disclosures. Under the revised SRC definition, the Company would be permitted to provide reduced disclosure under Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X. A reporting company will determine whether it qualifies as an SRC annually as of the last business day of its second fiscal quarter. A company must reflect its SRC status in its Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year.

The Company qualifies as an SRC for the fiscal year of 2019. Given that its revenues have exceeded $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company expects that it will lose its SRC status at the annual determination at June 30, 2020 (assuming its public float exceeds $250 million on that date), and will be unable to use the SRC reduced disclosure accommodations beginning with its Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2021.

The Company has elected to take advantage of certain exemptions allowed as an EGC and smaller reporting company. In addition, the Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards as permitted by the JOBS Act.

Available Information

The SEC maintains an internet site, http://www.sec.gov, that contains the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto, and other reports electronically filed with the SEC. The Company makes these documents filed with the SEC available free of charge through the Company’s website, www.mcbankny.com, by clicking the Investor Relations tab and selecting “Annual Reports & SEC Filings.”

 

Market Area

The Bank’s primary market consists of the New York metropolitan area, specifically Manhattan and the outer boroughs, and Nassau County. This market is well-diversified and represents the largest market for middle market businesses in the country (defined as businesses with annual revenue of $5 million to $200 million). Middle-market businesses have changed in type, but not in substance, with respect to banking needs in recent decades following a commercial trend out of manufacturing and into services. This has been to the advantage of the middle-market business community in the New York metropolitan area, which has continued to grow at a better than average pace relative to other metropolitan regions in the United States.

The Bank operates six banking centers strategically located within close proximity to target clients. There are four banking centers in Manhattan, one in Brooklyn, New York, and one in Great Neck, Long Island. The 99 Park Avenue banking center, adjacent to the Company headquarters, is located at the center of one of the largest markets for bank deposits in the New York Metropolitan Statistical Area due to the abundance of corporate and high net worth clients. The Manhattan banking centers are centrally located in the heart of neighborhoods strongly identified with specific business sectors, with which the Bank has strong existing relationships. The Brooklyn banking center is in the active Boro Park neighborhood, which is home to many small and medium-sized businesses, and where several important existing lending clients live and work. The banking center in Great Neck, Long Island represents a natural extension of the Bank’s efforts to establish a physical footprint in areas where many of its existing and prospective commercial clients are located, and also serves as a central hub for philanthropic and community events.

Competitors

The bank and non-bank financial services industry in the Bank’s markets and surrounding areas is highly competitive. The Bank competes with a wide range of regional and national banks located in its market areas as well as

4

non-bank commercial finance companies on a nationwide basis. The Bank faces competition in both lending and attracting funds as well as merchant processing services from commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, pension trusts, mutual funds, insurance companies, mortgage bankers and brokers, brokerage and investment banking firms, non-bank lenders, government agencies and certain other non-financial institutions. Many of these competitors have higher lending limits and more assets, capital and resources than the Bank, and may be able to conduct more intensive and broader-based promotional efforts to reach both commercial and individual customers. Competition for deposit products can depend heavily on pricing because of the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another.

The Bank’s primary market consists of the New York metropolitan area, specifically Manhattan and the outer boroughs, and Nassau County The Bank’s market area has a diversified economy typical of most urban population centers, with the majority of employment provided by services, wholesale/retail trade, finance/insurance/real estate (“FIRE”), technology companies and construction. The services industry accounts for the largest employment sector across the two primary market area counties, while wholesale/retail trade accounts for the second largest employment sector in Nassau and New York Counties. New York City is one of the premier financial centers in the world, and thus FIRE is the third largest employment sector in New York County.

Accessibility, tailored product offerings, disciplined underwriting and differentiated execution create a unique opportunity for the Bank to distinguish itself in the market of its target clients, which the Bank views as under-served by today’s global financial services industry. Establishing banking centers in close proximity to a “critical mass” of its clients has advanced the Bank’s ability to retain and grow deposits, provided opportunities to deepen client relationships, and enhance franchise value.

Business Strategy

The Bank’s strategy is to continue to build a relationship-oriented commercial bank through organically growing its existing client relationships and developing new long-term clients. The Bank focuses on New York metropolitan area middle-market businesses with annual revenue of $200 million or less and New York metropolitan area real estate entrepreneurs with a net worth of $5 million or more. The Bank originates and services Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”) and Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”) loans of generally between $2 million and $20 million, which it believes is an under-served segment of the market. Management believes that the Bank is positioned in a market area offering significant growth opportunities. As it grows, the Bank plans to continue its success in converting many of its lending clients into full retail relationships.

The Bank differentiates itself in the marketplace by offering excellent service, competitive products, innovative solutions, access to senior management, and an ability to make lending decisions in a timely manner combined with certainty of execution. The Bank’s lending team has developed industry expertise that enables it to better understand its clients’ businesses and differentiates it from other banks in the market.

On-going relationships and tailored products

The Bank’s primary goal is to help clients build and sustain wealth. Management believes that the focus on servicing all aspects of the clients’ businesses, including cash management and lending solutions, positions the Bank to be able to provide a host of services designed to meet clients’ current and future needs. The Bank has the flexibility and commitment to create solutions tailored to the needs of each client. For example, the Bank entered the healthcare lending space in 2001 and built out processes, procedures, and customized infrastructure to support its clients in this industry. Management intends to continue leveraging the quality of its team, existing relationships and client-centered approach to further grow its tailored banking solutions, build deeper relationships and increase penetration in its market area. Additionally, the Bank is always working to improve its team by attracting and developing individuals that embody its spirit as “The Entrepreneurial Bank.” This ensures that it continues to meet its high standard of excellence, which drives relationships and loan growth.

5

Strong deposit franchise

The strength of the Bank’s deposit franchise comes from its long-standing relationships with clients and the strong ties it has in its market area. The Bank provides commercial clients with convenient solutions such as remote deposit capture, business online banking and various other retail services and products. Over the past several years, the Bank has developed a diversified funding strategy, which affords it the opportunity to be a branch-light institution. Deposit funding is provided by the following deposit verticals:

1)

Borrowing clients – the Bank generates significant deposits from its borrowing clients. The Bank provides commercial clients with convenient solutions such as remote deposit capture, business online banking and various other retail services and products. The Bank expects to continue its success of converting lending clients into full retail clients and strategically expand its retail presence.

2)

Non-borrowing retail clients – these customers, located primarily in the New York City (“NYC’’) metro area, need an efficient technology interface and the personal service of an experienced banker who can assist them in managing their day to day operations. Management believes that not every potential client of the Bank is in need of extensions of credit; instead these clients require a bank that reduces or eliminates the friction experienced in running their businesses in order to make them more efficient and competitive.

3)

Third-party debit card issuing business – the Bank entered into this business in 2004 and it has provided the Bank with zero-cost long-term deposits. It is expected that the third-party debit card issuing business will continue to be a source of low-cost deposits as the Bank continues to add new clients to the program.

4)

Government or state directed funds, which provide further diversification of the deposit base.

5)

Digital currency customers – the Bank provides these customers with a suite of cash management solutions including wire transfers, ACH and foreign exchange conversion. The Bank does not have any digital assets or liabilities on its statement of financial condition and does not take any digital currency exchange rate risk.

6)

Corporate cash management clients – the Bank provides corporate cash management services to clients who are in possession of or have discretion over large deposits such as, but not limited to, property management companies, title companies and bankruptcy trustees.

Products and Services

The Bank provides a comprehensive set of commercial and retail banking products and services customized to meet the needs of its clients. The Bank offers a broad range of lending products, primarily focused on CRE and C&I loans and also serves as an issuing bank for third-party debit card programs nationwide.

Lending Products

The Bank’s CRE products include acquisition loans, loans to refinance or return borrower equity on income producing properties, renovation loans, loans on owner occupied properties and construction loans. The Bank lends against a variety of asset classes, including multi-family, mixed use, retail, office, hospitality and warehouse.

The Bank’s C&I products consist primarily of working capital lines of credit secured by business assets, self-liquidating term loans generally made for acquisition of equipment and other long-lived company assets, trade finance and letters of credit. The majority of C&I loans carry the personal guarantee of the principals in the borrowing entity.

Commercial Real Estate

Non-owner occupied CRE comprises the largest component of the Bank’s real estate loan portfolio. These mortgage loans are secured by mixed-use properties, office buildings, commercial condominium units, retail properties, hotels and warehouses. In underwriting these loans, the Bank generally relies on the income that is to be generated by the property as the primary means of repayment. However, the personal guarantee of the principals will frequently be

6

required as a credit enhancement, particularly when the collateral property is in transition (i.e., under renovation and/or in the lease-up stage).

Loans are generally written for terms of three to five years, although loans with longer terms are occasionally written. Interest rates may be fixed or floating, and repayment schedules are generally based on a 25 to 30-year amortization schedule although interest only loans are also offered.

Factors considered in the underwriting include: the stability of the projected cash flows from the real estate based on operating history, tenancy, and current rental market conditions; development and property management experience of the principals; financial wherewithal of the principals, including an analysis of global cash flows; and credit history of the principals. Maximum loan to value ratios range from 50% to 75%, depending on the property type. The minimum debt coverage ratio is 1.20x, with higher coverage required for hospitality and special use properties.

At December 31, 2019, $478.2 million, or 22.9%, of the Bank’s real estate loan portfolio consisted of loans to the healthcare industry and $459.0 million, or 96.0%, of these loans were made to nursing and residential care facilities. These loans are made to borrowers with strong cash flows and the Bank generally obtains the personal guarantee of high net worth sponsors. The Bank has lenders who are well experienced in lending to the healthcare industry, and particularly to skilled nursing homes. They generally originate loans with very experienced operators who typically have over 1,000 beds under management. In addition to being secured by real estate, these loans are also secured by the assets of the operating company, and in almost all cases the credit facilities are personally guaranteed by principals of the company, who are typically high net worth individuals. The Bank also originates term loans to standalone medical facilities such as radiology and dialysis centers and medical practices, which are secured by the assets of the company and the personal guaranty of the physicians within the practice.

A Phase I Environmental Report is generally required for all new CRE loans.

Multi-family

The multi-family loan portfolio consists of loans secured by multi-tenanted residential properties located in the New York City or greater New York area. In underwriting multi-family loans, the Bank employs the same underwriting standards and procedures as are employed for non-owner occupied CRE.

During the second quarter of 2019, new and onerous Rent Regulations were signed into law by the State of New York. These new laws mostly impact rent stabilized units in the NYC boroughs. The new laws limit rent increases for rent stabilized multi-family properties, which may make it difficult for owners of these properties to offset increasing property expenses and generate excess cash flows. If expense growth exceeds revenue growth, the property may not generate sufficient cash flows to cover debt service.

The Bank analyzed its portfolio of stabilized multi-family loans, including free market or combinations of rent controlled and free market multi-family properties, to determine if any of the business plans of the properties could be adversely affected by the new regulations in way that the Bank’s underwritten debt service coverage levels could be meaningfully lower than those which might ultimately be achieved. The Bank has concluded that the new NYC rent regulations had a very modest impact since the Bank’s multi-family loans are underwritten to current cash flows. The weighted average debt coverage ratio on rent-regulated stabilized multi-family properties was 1.78x at December 31, 2019.  The properties had an average loan-to-value of 46.2% at December 31, 2019, which provides a cushion against potential declines in value.

 

Construction Loans

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared to permanent loans. These risks include completion risk, which is impacted by unanticipated delays and/or cost overruns; and market risk, i.e., the risk that market rental rates and/or market sales prices may decline before the project is completed. Therefore, only on a very selective basis will the Bank originate construction loans. In most cases these loans are extensive renovation loans as opposed to ground

7

up construction. However, from time to time the Bank will originate a ground up construction loan. In all cases the owner/developer will have extensive construction experience in building this type of property, sufficient equity in the transaction (maximum loan to cost of 65%) and personal recourse on the loan. The Bank has established conservative exposure targets as a percentage of risk-based capital for construction lending.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

C&I credit facilities are made to a wide range of industries. The principals of the companies have extensive experience in acquiring and operating their business. The industries include retail, wholesale and importers and exporters of a wide range of products. The loans are secured by the assets of the company including accounts receivable, inventory and equipment and, in almost all cases, are personally guaranteed. Collateral may also include owner-occupied real estate. The Bank targets companies that have $200 million of revenues or less.

The Bank’s lines of credit are generally renewed on an annual basis, and its term loans typically have terms of two to five years. The credit facilities may be made with either fixed or floating rates.

C&I loans are subject to risk factors that are unique to each business. In underwriting these loans, the Bank seeks to gain an understanding of each client’s business in order to accurately assess the reliability of the company’s cash flows. The Bank prefers to lend to borrowers who are well capitalized, and have an established track record in their business, with predictable growth and cash flows.

At December 31, 2019, $187.6 million, or 46.8%, of the Bank’s commercial loan portfolio consisted of loans to the healthcare industry and $98.7 million, or 52.6%, of these loans were made to nursing and residential care facilities. These loans are made to borrowers with strong cash flows and the Bank generally obtains the personal guarantee of high net worth sponsors. Within the C&I lending group, the Bank has lenders who are well experienced in lending to the healthcare industry, and particularly to skilled nursing homes. They generally originate loans with very experienced operators who typically have over 1,000 beds under management. In all cases these loans are secured by the assets of the operating company, and in almost all cases the credit facilities are personally guaranteed by principals of the company, who are typically high net worth individuals. The Bank also originates term loans to standalone medical facilities such as radiology and dialysis centers and medical practices, which are secured by the assets of the company and the personal guaranty of the physicians within the practice.

Consumer Loans

The Bank purchases consumer loans nationwide through a physician-focused finance company. The loans are made only to healthcare professionals who meet specific credit criteria and all loans are independently underwritten by the Bank. The Bank also purchases consumer loans from a regional bank that offers student loan refinancing to individuals who are no longer students, but are now employed in their chosen professions. These individuals must also meet high credit standards and the Bank independently re-underwrites these loans. At December 31, 2019, consumer loans comprised 3% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Beginning in 2019, the Bank had decided to no longer purchase or originate consumer loans; however, this may change in the future.

Deposit Products and Services

The Bank’s retail products and services are similar to those of mid-to-large competitive banks in its market, and include, but are not limited to, online banking, mobile banking, ACH, and remote deposit capture. The Bank has and will continue to make investments in technology to meet the needs of its customers.

Third-Party Debit Card Issuing Business

The Bank serves as an issuing bank for third-party debit card programs nationwide. Products include general purpose reloadable cards, payroll, corporate, incentive, commission, rebates and gift cards. The Bank is one of the few U.S. banks that issues debit cards for third-party program managers and there is a high bar for entry in this space due to the rigorous risk management and compliance requirements.

8

Third-party debit cards and mobile services are unique and practical solutions for almost any payment need. Third-party debit cards provide a transparent, cost-effective alternative to cash and checks for governments and businesses, as well as individuals. It provides electronic payment services to those individuals or financial technology companies that operate outside the traditional banking system and also serves the needs of customers who find it an ideal payment tool for segmenting their spending such as travel and online shopping.

Corporate Cash Management Deposit Accounts

The Bank’s entrepreneurial approach has encouraged management to find alternatives to traditional retail bank services, such as corporate cash management deposit accounts. These accounts belong to clients who are in possession of or have discretion over large deposits such as, but not limited to, property management companies, title companies and bankruptcy trustees. The accounts provide a significant source of deposits. At December 31, 2019, deposits in these accounts amounted to $1.28 billion, which was 46.0% of total deposits. These accounts included money market accounts, demand accounts and other interest-bearing transaction accounts.

Digital Currency Customers

The Bank provides cash management solutions to digital currency customers. The funds deposited by these customers are denominated in U.S. dollars, and not digital currency. The Bank maintains a robust risk management program that is designed to ensure safe and sound operations in compliance with applicable laws, rules and guidance.

Customers maintain a portion of these deposits in non-interest-bearing settlement accounts with the Bank, while the rest are in corporate non-interest-bearing accounts. At December 31, 2019, aggregate deposits related to digital currency customers amounted to $104.2 million, or 3.7% of total deposits.

Asset Quality

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), loans past due 90 days and still accruing and other real estate owned that has been acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loan obligations or upon foreclosure. Past due status on all loans is based on the contractual terms of the loan. It is generally the Bank’s policy that a loan 90 days past due be placed on non-accrual status unless factors exist that would eliminate the need to place a loan in this status. A loan may also be designated as non-accrual at any time if payment of principal or interest in full is not expected due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. At the time loans are placed on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is discontinued, and previously accrued interest is reversed. Payments received on non-accrual loans are generally applied to principal. Loans are considered for return to accrual status when they become current as to principal and interest and remain current for a period of six consecutive months or when, in the opinion of management, the Bank expects to receive all of its original principal and interest.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Bank works closely with borrowers that have financial difficulties to identify viable solutions that minimize the potential for loss. In that regard, the Bank modifies the terms of certain loans to maximize their collectability. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered TDRs under current accounting guidance. Modifications generally involve short-term deferrals of principal and/or interest payments, reductions of scheduled payment amounts, interest rates or principal of the loan, and forgiveness of accrued interest.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect both the principal and interest due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

9

The majority of the Bank’s impaired loans are secured and measured for impairment based on collateral valuations. It is the Bank’s policy to obtain updated appraisals by independent third parties on loans secured by real estate at the time a loan is determined to be impaired. An impairment measurement is performed based upon the most recent appraisal on file to determine the amount of any specific allocation or charge-off. In determining the amount of any specific allocation or charge-off, the Bank will make adjustments to reflect the estimated costs to sell the collateral. Upon receipt and review of the updated appraisal, an additional measurement is performed to determine if any adjustments are necessary to reflect the proper provisioning or charge-off. Impaired loans are reviewed on a quarterly basis to determine if any changes in credit quality or market conditions would require any additional allocation or recognition of additional charge-offs. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using (i) an appraisal, (ii) net book value of the collateral per the borrower’s financial statements, or (iii) accounts receivable aging reports, that may be adjusted based on management’s knowledge of the client and client’s business. If market conditions warrant, future appraisals are obtained for both real estate and non-real estate collateral.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALLL”) is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable incurred losses on existing loans. The allowance is established based on management’s evaluation of the probable incurred losses inherent in the Bank’s portfolio in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and is comprised of both specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances.

Specific valuation allowances are established based on management’s analysis of individually impaired loans. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, evaluations of the underlying collateral, expected cash flows, delinquent or unpaid property taxes, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. If a loan is determined to be impaired and is placed on non-accrual status, all future payments received are applied to principal and a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from sale of the collateral.

The general component of ALLL covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current qualitative factors. Loans not impaired but classified as substandard and special mention use a historical loss factor on a rolling two-year history of net losses. For all other unclassified loans, the historical loss experience is determined by portfolio class and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Bank over the most recent two years. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other qualitative factors based on the risks present for each portfolio class. These qualitative factors include consideration of the following: (1) level and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans, (2) trends in volume and terms of loan, (3) effects of any changes in lending policies, (4) the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff, (5) national and local economic trends and conditions, (6) level and trends in exceptions to loan policies, (7) level and trends in charge-offs, (8) adequacy of loan reviews, and (9) concentration of credit and changes in the levels of such concentrations.

The ALLL is increased through a provision for loan losses that is charged to operations. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of all or a portion of the principal is unlikely. Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is performed on a quarterly basis and takes into consideration such factors as the credit risk grade assigned to the loan, historical loan loss experience and review of specific impaired loans. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

10

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2016‑13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), which requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date be based on historical experience, current condition, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This Accounting Standard Update will be effective January 1, 2023 for the Company. See “Risk FactorsThe FASB has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how the Company recognizes credit losses and may have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.”

 

The Bank controls credit risk both through disciplined underwriting of each transaction, as well as active credit management processes and procedures to manage risk and minimize loss throughout the life of a transaction. It seeks to maintain a broadly diversified loan portfolio in terms of type of customer, type of loan product, geographic area and industries in which business customers are engaged. The Bank has developed tailored underwriting criteria and credit management processes for each of the various loan product types it offers customers.

Credit Risk Management

Underwriting

In evaluating each potential loan relationship, the Bank adheres to a disciplined underwriting evaluation process including but not limited to the following:

·

understanding the customer’s financial condition and ability to repay the loan;

·

verifying that the primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount and structure of the loan;

·

observing appropriate loan to value guidelines for collateral secured loans;

·

identifying the customer’s level of experience in their business;

·

identifying macroeconomic and industry level trends;

·

maintaining targeted levels of diversification for the loan portfolio, both as to type of borrower and geographic location of collateral; and

·

ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral.

Credit Risk Management for Lending Products

Credit Risk Management strategies for specific lending products are outlined in the “Lending Products” section above.

Loan Approval Authority

The Bank’s lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by its Board of Directors and management. The Bank has established several levels of lending authority that have been delegated by the Board of Directors to the Loan Committee and other personnel in accordance with the Lending Authority in the Commercial Loan Policy. Authority limits are based on the individual loan size and the total exposure of the borrower and are conditioned on the loan conforming to the policies contained in the Commercial Loan Policy. All loans over $7.5 million go to Loan Committee for approval. The Loan Committee is comprised of Board members and does not include members of management. There are four Board members who are permanent members of the Loan Committee; and a minimum of two other Board members rotate quarterly. Loans less than $7.5 million are approved by management subject to individual officer approval limits.

11

Any loan policy exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority.

Loans to One Borrower

In accordance with loans-to-one-borrower regulations promulgated by the NYSDFS, the Bank is generally limited to lending no more than 15% of its unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus to any one borrower or borrowing entity. This limit may be increased by an additional 10% for loans secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations, at least equal to the amount of funds outstanding. To qualify for this additional 10%, the Bank must perfect a security interest in the collateral and the collateral must have a market value at all times of at least 100% of the loan amount that exceeds 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. At December 31, 2019, the Bank’s regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $53.5 million.

Management understands the importance of concentration risk and continuously monitors the Bank’s loan portfolio to ensure that risk is balanced between such factors as loan type, industry, geography, collateral, structure, maturity and risk rating, among other things. The Bank’s Commercial Loan Policy establishes detailed concentration limits and sub-limits by loan type and geography.

Ongoing Credit Risk Management

In addition to the underwriting process described above, the Bank performs ongoing risk monitoring and reviews processes for all credit exposures. Although it grades and classifies its loans internally, the Bank has an independent third-party firm perform regular loan reviews to confirm loan classifications. The Bank strives to identify potential problem loans early in an effort to aggressively seek resolution of these situations before the loans create a loss, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate allowance levels for probable loan losses incurred in the loan portfolio.

In general, whenever a particular loan or overall borrower relationship is downgraded to pass-watch, special mention or substandard based on one or more standard loan grading factors, the Bank’s credit officers engage in active evaluation of the asset to determine the appropriate resolution strategy. Management and the Board of Directors regularly review the status of the watch list and classified assets portfolio as well as the larger credits in the portfolio.

Investments

The Bank’s investment objectives are primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, establish an acceptable level of interest rate risk and safely invest excess funds when demand for loans is weak. Subject to these primary objectives, the Bank also seeks to generate a favorable return. The Board of Directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of the Investment Policy. The Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) and management are responsible for implementation of the Bank’s investment policy and monitoring its investment performance. The Board of Directors reviews the status of its investment portfolio quarterly.

The Bank has legal authority to invest in various types of investment securities and liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored agencies, mortgage-backed and municipal government securities, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”), certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade money market mutual funds. It is also required to maintain an investment in FHLBNY stock, which investment is based primarily on the level of its FHLBNY borrowings. Additionally, the Bank is required to maintain an investment in Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”) stock equal to six percent of its capital and surplus.

The large majority of its investments are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and can be used to collateralize FHLBNY borrowings, FRB borrowings, public funds deposits or other borrowings. At December 31, 2019, the investment portfolio consisted primarily of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government Agency securities, and CRA mutual funds. While the Bank has the authority under applicable law to enter into certain derivatives transactions, it did not enter into any derivatives transactions during 2019.

12

Sources of Funds

Deposits

Deposits have traditionally been the Bank’s primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. The Bank generates deposits from prepaid third-party debit card programs, digital currency customers, its cash management platform offered to bankruptcy trustees, property management companies and others, local businesses, individuals through client referrals and other relationships and through its retail branch network. The Bank believes that it has a very stable deposit base as it successfully encourages its business borrowers to maintain their operating banking relationship with it. The Bank’s deposit strategy primarily focuses on developing borrowing and other service-oriented relationships with customers rather than competing with other institutions on rate. It has established deposit concentration thresholds to avoid the possibility of dependence on any single depositor base for funds.

Borrowings

The Bank maintains diverse funding sources including borrowing lines at the FHLB and the FRB discount window. The Bank utilizes advances from the FHLB to supplement its funding sources. The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member financial institutions. As a member, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and is authorized to apply for advances collateralized by the security of such stock and certain of its whole first mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the full faith and credit of the United States), provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the FHLB’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. The FRB discount window is maintained primarily for contingency funding sources.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2019, the Bank had 167 full-time employees, none of whom are represented by a collective bargaining unit. The Company believes that it has a good working relationship with its employees.

Subsidiaries

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is the sole subsidiary of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and there are no subsidiaries of Metropolitan Commercial Bank.

Properties

The Company believes that the current facilities at its branches are adequate to meet its present and foreseeable needs. In April 2019, the Company executed a lease agreement to expand the space occupied at its headquarters at 99 Park Ave., New York, New York. The Company took possession of the new space during the third quarter of 2019 and commenced renovations. When the renovations are completed, the Company will vacate its existing space and move into the new office space, likely in the second quarter of 2020.

For more information on properties of the Company, see “Item 2 – Properties” of this Form 10-K.

Federal, State and Local Taxation

The following is a general description of material tax matters and does not purport to be a comprehensive review of the tax rules applicable to the Company.

For federal income tax purposes, the Company files a consolidated income tax return on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting. The Company is subject to federal income taxation in the same manner as other corporations. For its 2019 taxable year, the Bank is subject to a maximum Federal income rate of 21%.

13

State and Local Taxation

The Company is subject to New York State (“NYS”) and New York City (“NYC”) income taxes on a consolidated basis.

REGULATION

General

The Bank is a commercial bank organized under the laws of the State of New York. It is a member of the Federal Reserve System and its deposits are insured under the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC up to applicable legal limits. The lending, investment, deposit-taking, and other business authority of the Bank is governed primarily by state and federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by, and the enforcement authority of, the NYSDFS and FRB, and to a lesser extent by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. The Bank is also subject to federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), though, because it has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, the FRB and NYSDFS are responsible for examining and supervising the Bank’s compliance with these laws. The regulatory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a state member bank may engage and is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, customers and the DIF. The regulatory structure gives the regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

The Company is a bank holding company, due to its control of the Bank, and is therefore subject to the requirements of the BHCA, and regulation and supervision by the FRB. The Company files reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the FRB.

Any change in the applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank and their operations and the Company’s stockholders.

On May 24, 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “Economic Growth Act”) was enacted to modify or remove certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some of those implemented under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”). While the Economic Growth Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50 billion. Many of these changes could result in meaningful regulatory changes for banks and their holding companies.

The Economic Growth Act, among other matters, simplifies the regulatory capital rules for financial institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion by instructing the federal banking agencies to establish a single Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”). Regulators have established the CBLR to be set at 9%, effective January 1, 2020. Any qualifying depository institution or its holding company that exceeds the CBLR will be considered to have met generally applicable leverage and risk-based regulatory capital requirements and any qualifying depository institution that exceeds the new ratio will be considered to be "well-capitalized" under the prompt corrective action rules. In addition, the Economic Growth Act includes regulatory relief for community banks regarding regulatory examination cycles, call reports, the Volcker Rule, mortgage disclosures and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans.

What follows is a summary of some of the laws and regulations applicable to the Bank and the Company. The summary is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations.

14

Regulations of the Bank

Loans and Investments

State commercial banks have authority to originate and purchase any type of loan, including commercial, commercial real estate, residential mortgages or consumer loans. Aggregate loans by a state commercial bank to any single borrower or group of related borrowers are generally limited to 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% if secured by specified readily marketable collateral.

Federal and state law and regulations limit the Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a state member bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account other than the equity securities of companies through which the bank conducts its business. Under federal and state regulations, a New York state member bank may invest in investment securities for its own account up to specified limits depending upon the type of security. “Investment securities” are generally defined as marketable obligations that are investment grade and not predominantly speculative in nature. The NYSDFS classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a state commercial bank may have the authority to deal in and underwrite the security. The NYSDFS has also permitted New York state member banks to purchase certain non-investment securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

Lending Standards and Guidance

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulators’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted.

The FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the FRB have also jointly issued the “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). The CRE Guidance, which addresses land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans, as well as commercial real estate loans, does not establish specific lending limits but rather reinforces and enhances these agencies’ existing regulations and guidelines for such lending and portfolio management. Specifically, the CRE Guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in CRE lending if  (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total reported loans secured by multi-family properties, non-farm non-residential properties (excluding those that are owner-occupied), and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address key elements, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.

Federal Deposit Insurance

Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured up to applicable legal limits by the FDIC’s DIF. Effective July 22, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured depository institutions were assigned a risk category based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s rate depended upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less

15

risky pay lower FDIC assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured depository institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity. Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC adopted changes that eliminated the risk categories and base assessments for most banks on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of failure over three years. In conjunction with the DIF reserve ratio achieving 1.5%, the assessment range (inclusive of possible adjustments) was also reduced for small institutions to a range of 1.5 to 30 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.

The FDIC may adjust its assessment scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment. No insured depository institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.

The FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, through the FDIC as collection agent, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the now defunct Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The remaining bonds issued by the FICO matured in 2019.

Capitalization

The FRB regulations require state member banks, such as the Bank, to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a total capital to risk-based assets and a Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

The capital standards require the maintenance of a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4.5%, 6% and 8%, respectively, and a leverage ratio of at least 4% Tier 1 capital. Common equity Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stockholders’ equity and related surplus, plus retained earnings, less any amounts of goodwill, other intangible assets, and other items required to be deducted. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital primarily includes capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, a bank’s assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on perceived risks inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one-to four-family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans or are on non-accrual status and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

16

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The Bank’s capital conservation buffer was at 2.5% of risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2019.

As a result of the recently enacted Economic Growth Act (the “Act”), banking regulatory agencies adopted a revised definition of “well capitalized” for financial institutions and holding companies with assets of less than $10 billion and that are not determined to be ineligible by their primary federal regulator due to their risk profile (a “Qualifying Community Bank”). The new definition expanded the ways that a Qualifying Community Bank may meet its capital requirements and be deemed “well capitalized.” The new rule establishes a community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) equal to the tangible equity capital divided by the average total consolidated assets. Regulators have established the CBLR to be set at 9%, effective January 1, 2020.

A Qualifying Community Bank that maintains a leverage ratio greater than 9% is considered to be well capitalized and to have met generally applicable leverage capital requirements, generally applicable risk-based capital requirements, and any other capital or leverage requirements to which such financial institution or holding company is subject. 

At December 31, 2019, the Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Each federal banking agency, including the FRB, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to, among other things, internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and information security standards. In general, the guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired, and require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder. The FDIC also has issued guidance on risks banks may face from third-party relationships (e.g. relationships under which the third-party provides services to the bank). The guidance generally requires the Bank to perform adequate due diligence on the third-party, appropriately document the relationship, and perform adequate oversight and auditing, in order to the limit the risks to the Bank.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

Federal law requires that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

State member banks that have insufficient capital are subject to certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory measures. For example, a bank that is “undercapitalized” (i.e. fails to comply with any regulatory capital requirement) is subject to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations, and is required to submit a capital restoration plan; a holding company that controls such a bank is required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. If an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” A “significantly undercapitalized” bank is subject to additional restrictions. State member banks deemed by the FRB to be “critically undercapitalized” also may not make any payment of principal or interest on certain subordinated debt, extend credit for a highly leveraged transaction, or enter into any material transactions outside the ordinary course of business after 60 days of obtaining such status, and are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after obtaining such status.

The final rule that increased regulatory capital standards also adjusted the prompt corrective action tiers as of January 1, 2015 to conform to the new capital standards. The various categories now incorporate the newly adopted

17

common equity Tier 1 capital requirement, an increase in the Tier 1 to risk-based assets requirement and other changes. Under the revised prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions are required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% (new standard); (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged) and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged).

Dividends

Under federal and state law and applicable regulations, a state member bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the NYSDFS or FRB, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend. Dividends exceeding those amounts require application to and approval by the NYSDFS or FRB. To pay a cash dividend, a state member bank must also maintain an adequate capital conservation buffer under the new capital rules discussed above.

Incentive Compensation Guidance

The FRB, OCC, FDIC and other federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations, including state member banks and bank holding companies, do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control and governance processes. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor, which for the Bank and the Company is the FRB, may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, provisions of the Basel III regime described above limit discretionary bonus payments to bank and bank holding company executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. The scope and content of the banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are likely to continue evolving.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates, which includes the Company. The FRB has adopted Regulation W, which implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in part by codifying prior FRB interpretations.

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the FRB has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Section 23A limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. There is an aggregate limit of 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus for such transactions with all affiliates. The term “covered transaction” includes, among other things, the making of a loan to an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the issuance of a guarantee on behalf of an affiliate and the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan. All such transactions are required to be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and no transaction may involve the acquisition of any “low quality asset” from an affiliate unless certain conditions are satisfied. Certain covered transactions, such as loans to or guarantees on behalf of an affiliate, must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending upon the type of collateral. In addition, Section 23B requires that any covered transaction (and specified other transactions) between a bank and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an “insider”) and certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s “related interest”) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O. The aggregate amount of a bank’s loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit

18

applicable to state member banks. Aggregate loans by a bank to its insiders and insiders’ related interests may not exceed 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, such as education loans and certain residential mortgages, a bank’s loans to its executive officers may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any loan to an insider or a related interest of an insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if the loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider or the insider’s related interests, would exceed the higher of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not involve more than a normal risk of repayment. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

Enforcement

The NYSDFS and the FRB have extensive enforcement authority over state member banks to correct unsafe or unsound practices and violations of law or regulation. Such authority includes the issuance of cease and desist orders, assessment of civil money penalties and removal of officers and directors. The FRB may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a state member bank under specified circumstances, such as where (i) the bank’s assets are less than its obligations to creditors, (ii) the bank is likely to be unable to pay its obligations or meet depositors’ demands in the normal course of business, or (iii) a substantial dissipation of bank assets or earnings has occurred due to a violation of law of regulation or unsafe or unsound practices. Separately, the Superintendent of the NYSDFS also has the authority to appoint a receiver or liquidator of any state-chartered bank under specified circumstances, including where (i) the bank is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner, (ii) the bank has suspended payment of its obligations, or (iii) the bank cannot with safety and expediency continue to do business.

Federal Reserve System

Under FRB regulations, the Bank is required to maintain reserves at the FRB against its transaction accounts, including checking and Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts. The regulations currently require that banks maintain average daily reserves of 3% on aggregate transaction accounts over $16.3 million and up to $124.2 million and 10% against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $124.2 million. The first $16.3 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements. The requirements are adjusted annually by the FRB. The FRB began paying interest on reserves in 2008.

Examinations and Assessments

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the NYSDFS and FRB. Federal and state regulations generally require periodic on-site examinations for all depository institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the NYSDFS and FRB to fund the agencies’ operations.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

Federal Regulation

Under the CRA, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the FRB to assess its record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a bank’s CRA

19

performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching or merger) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent FRB examination during 2019, the Bank was rated “Satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.

New York State Regulation

The Bank is also subject to provisions of the New York State Banking Law that impose continuing and affirmative obligations upon a banking institution organized in New York State to serve the credit needs of its local community. Such obligations are substantially similar to those imposed by the CRA. The latest New York State CRA rating received by the Bank is “Satisfactory.”

USA PATRIOT Act and Money Laundering

The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), which incorporates several laws, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act and related regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the BSA, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act implemented measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Among other things, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations require:

·

Establishment of anti-money laundering compliance programs that includes policies, procedures, and internal controls; the appointment of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; a training program; and independent testing;

·

Filing of certain reports to Financial Crimes Enforcement Network and law enforcement that are designated to assist in the detection and prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing activities;

·

Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining and maintaining certain records from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers;

·

In certain circumstances, compliance with enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money-laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity;

·

Monitoring account activity for suspicious transactions; and

·

A heightened level of review for certain high-risk customers or accounts.

The USA PATRIOT Act also includes prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and requires compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.

The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the BSA and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, for financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction, federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of the financial institution’s efforts to combat money laundering activities.

The Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements.

20

Privacy Laws

The Bank is subject to a variety of federal and state privacy laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing and use of customer information, and require that financial institutions have in place policies regarding information privacy and security. For example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and practices for sharing nonpublic information with third parties, provide advance notice of any changes to the policies and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties. It also requires banks to safeguard personal information of consumer customers. Some state laws also protect the privacy of information of state residents and require adequate security for such data, and certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require the Bank to notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer databases that contain their personal information. These laws may also require the Bank to notify law enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data.

Third-Party Debit Card Products and Merchant Services

The Bank is also subject to the rules of Visa, Mastercard and other payment networks in which it participates. If the Bank fails to comply with such rules, the networks could impose fines or require it to stop providing merchant services for cards under such network’s brand or routed through such network.

Consumer Finance Regulations

The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. In this regard, the CFPB has commenced issuing several new rules to implement various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that were specifically identified as being enforced by the CFPB.

The FRB and the NYSDFS are responsible for examining and supervising the Bank’s compliance with these consumer financial laws and regulations. In addition, the Bank is subject to certain state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers.

Other Regulations

The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:

·

The Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

·

The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one-to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

·

The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

·

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and other fair lending laws, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, religion, sex and other prohibited factors in extending credit;

·

The Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use of credit reports on consumers and the provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

21

·

Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices laws and regulations;

·

The Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

·

The rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The operations of the Bank are further subject to the:

·

The Truth in Savings Act, which specifies disclosure requirements with respect to deposit accounts;

·

The Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

·

The Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

·

The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

·

State unclaimed property or escheatment laws;

·

Cybersecurity regulations, including but not limited to those implemented by NYSDFS.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB under the BHCA. The Company is periodically examined by and required to submit reports to the FRB and must comply with the FRB’s rules and regulations. Among other things, the FRB has authority to restrict activities by a bank holding company that are deemed to pose a serious risk to the subsidiary bank.

The FRB has historically imposed consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies structured similar, but not identical, to those of state member banks. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the FRB to issue consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks applied to bank holding companies as of January 1, 2015. The Company is subject to the consolidated holding company capital requirements.

The policy of the FRB is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks by providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy.

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is required to guarantee, within specified limits, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the FRB may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital distribution.

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding

22

company, to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any additional bank or bank holding company or merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. In evaluating acquisition applications, the FRB evaluates factors such as the financial condition, management resources and future prospects of the parties, the convenience and needs of the communities involved and competitive factors. In addition, bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that are closely related to banking as determined by the FRB. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

FRB policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, FRB guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with FRB staff in advance of issuing a dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should inform the FRB and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends if  (i) net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

A bank holding company that is not well capitalized or well managed, or that is subject to any unresolved supervisory issues, is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any repurchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for repurchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such repurchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a repurchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or violate a law or regulation. However, FRB guidance generally provides for bank holding company consultation with FRB staff prior to engaging in a repurchase or redemption of a bank holding company’s stock, even if a formal written notice is not required.

The above FRB requirements may restrict a bank holding company’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders or engage in repurchases or redemptions of its shares.

Acquisition of Control of the Company

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company such as the Company unless the FRB has prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In evaluating such notices, the FRB takes into consideration such factors as the financial resources, competence, experience and integrity of the acquirer, the future prospects the bank holding company involved and its subsidiary bank and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, is the case with the Company, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Federal Securities Laws

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. is a reporting company subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total

23

annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”). The Company qualifies as an EGC under the JOBS Act.

An EGC may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An EGC also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting and can provide reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation. Finally, an EGC may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an EGC.

A company loses EGC status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of  $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.05 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

Amendments to the SEC’s Smaller Reporting Company Definition

On June 28, 2018, the SEC adopted amendments to its regulations that raise the thresholds of which entities would be defined as a “smaller reporting company,” which permits reduced disclosure under Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X. The amendments to the smaller reporting company definition became effective on September 10, 2018. Under the new definition of “smaller reporting company,” a company with less than $250 million of public float will be eligible to provide reduced disclosures. Additionally, companies with less than $100 million in annual revenues and either no public float or a public float that is less than $700 million will also be eligible to provide reduced disclosures. Under the revised “smaller reporting company” definition, the Company would be permitted to provide reduced disclosure under Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X.

It is difficult at this time to predict whether the SEC may implement additional amendments to its regulations with respect to disclosure requirements and what effect, if any, those future regulations will have on the Company or the Bank.

The Company has elected to take advantage of certain exemptions allowed as an EGC and smaller reporting company. In addition, the Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards as permitted by the JOBS Act.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The Company has policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and it reviews and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Company’s operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described below, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the trading price of its common stock.

24

A substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio consists of CRE, multi-family real estate loans and commercial loans, which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans.

CRE, multi-family real estate and commercial loans are often larger and involve greater risks than other types of loans since payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business involved. Accordingly, a downturn in the real estate market and a challenging business and economic environment may increase the Bank’s risk related to CRE, multi-family real estate and commercial loans. If the cash flows from business operations is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Further, due to the larger average size of such loans and the fact that they are secured by collateral that is generally less readily-marketable as compared with other loan types, losses incurred on a small number of such loans could have a material adverse impact on the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, CRE loan concentration is an area that has experienced heightened regulatory focus. Under CRE guidance issued by banking regulators, banks with holdings of CRE, land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans in excess of certain thresholds must employ heightened risk management practices. These loans are also subject to written policies that establish certain limits and standards. Such compliance requirements imposed on the Company’s CRE, multi-family or construction lending and the potential limits to the generation of these types of loans could have material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

Because the Bank intends to continue to increase its commercial loans, its credit risk may increase.

 

The Bank intends to increase its portfolio of commercial loans, including working capital lines of credit, equipment financing, healthcare and medical receivables, documentary letters of credit and standby letters of credit. These loans generally have more risk than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans and commercial loans secured by real estate. Since repayment of commercial loans depends on the successful management and operation of borrowers’ businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local and national economy. In addition, commercial loans generally have a larger average size as compared with other loans such as residential loans, and the collateral for commercial loans is generally less readily-marketable. The Bank’s plans to increase its portfolio of these loans could result in a material adverse impact on its financial condition and results of operations. An adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose the Bank to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to-four family residential mortgage loan or a commercial real estate loan.

If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, earnings could decrease.

 

Loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of their loans, and the collateral securing the payment of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. The Bank may experience significant credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results. Various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio are made, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, management reviews the quality of its loan portfolio and its loss and delinquency experience and evaluates economic conditions.

 

The determination of the appropriate level of allowance is subject to judgment and requires the Bank to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which are subject to material changes. If assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not cover losses in the loan portfolio at the date of the financial statements. Significant additions to the allowance would materially decrease net income. Non-performing loans may increase, and non-performing or delinquent loans may adversely affect future performance. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the allowance for loan losses, the policies and procedures the Bank uses to determine the level of the allowance and the value attributed to non-performing loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses or recognize

25

further loan charge-offs. Any significant increase in allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition. See “Risk FactorsThe FASB has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how the Company recognizes credit losses and may have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.”

 

A downturn in economic conditions could cause deterioration in credit quality, which could depress net income and growth.

The principal economic risk associated with each class of loans is the creditworthiness of the borrower, which is affected by the strength of the relevant business market segment, local market conditions, and general economic conditions. The Bank’s loan portfolio includes many real estate secured loans, demand for which may decrease during economic downturns as a result of, among other things, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values and a slowdown in housing. If negative economic conditions develop in the New York market or the United States, the Bank could experience higher delinquencies and loan charge-offs, which would adversely affect its net income and financial condition. Furthermore, to the extent that real estate collateral is obtained through foreclosure, the costs of holding and marketing real estate collateral, as well as the ultimate values obtained from disposition, could reduce earnings and adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition.

As a business operating in the financial services industry, the Bank’s business and operations may be adversely affected by weak economic conditions.

 

The Bank’s business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy weakens, growth and profitability from the Bank’s lending, deposit and investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including uncertainty over the stability of the euro currency, the effect of global trade discussions and imposition of tariffs, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder U.S. economic growth.

 

The Bank’s business is also significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond the Bank’s control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Bank.

Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. The business is also significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond the Bank’s control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Bank.

A substantial majority of the Bank’s loans and operations are in New York, and therefore its business is particularly vulnerable to a downturn in the New York City economy.

A large portion of the Bank’s business is concentrated in New York, and in New York City in particular. A significant decline in local economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond the Bank’s control, would likely cause an increase in the rates of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses in its loan

26

portfolio. As a result, a downturn in the local economy, generally and the real estate market specifically, could significantly reduce the Bank’s profitability and growth and adversely affect its financial condition.

The Bank is exposed to the risks of natural disasters and global market disruptions. 

 

The Bank handles a substantial volume of customer and other financial transactions every day. Its financial, accounting, data processing, check processing, electronic funds transfer, loan processing, online and mobile banking, automated teller machines, backup or other operating or security systems and infrastructure may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond its control. This could adversely affect the Bank’s ability to process these transactions or provide these services. There could be sudden increases in customer transaction volume, electrical, telecommunications or other major physical infrastructure outages, natural disasters, events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts, pandemics, and cyber-attacks. The Bank continuously updates these systems to support its operations and growth. This updating entails significant costs and creates risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Operational risk exposures could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, and cause reputational harm. 

 

Additionally, global markets may be adversely affected by natural disasters, the emergence of widespread health emergencies or pandemics, cyber-attacks or campaigns, military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events. Global market disruptions may affect the Bank’s business liquidity. Also, any sudden or prolonged market downturn in the United States or abroad, as a result of the above factors or otherwise could result in a decline in revenue and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition, including capital and liquidity levels.

Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

The majority of the Company’s banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, the Bank’s earnings and cash flows depend, to a great extent, upon the level of its net interest income (the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investments, other interest earning assets, and the interest paid on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings). Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease net interest income, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes.

When interest bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, reduce the demand for loans and the Bank’s ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may affect the Bank through, among other things, increased prepayments on its loan portfolio and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect the Bank’s net yield on interest earning assets, loan origination volume and overall results.

The Bank’s securities portfolio may be impacted by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings. Fluctuations in market value may be caused by changes in market interest rates, lower market prices for securities and limited investor demand. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issues. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, a potential loss to earnings may occur. Changes in interest rates can also have an adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition, as its AFS securities are reported at their estimated fair value and, therefore, are impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. The Company increases or decreases stockholders’ equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the AFS securities, net of taxes.

27

Changes in card network fees could impact operations.

 

Card networks periodically increase the fees (known as interchange fees) that are charged to acquirers and that the Bank charges to its merchants. It is possible that competitive pressures will result in the Bank absorbing a portion of such increases in the future, which would its increase costs, reduce profit margin and adversely affect its business and financial condition. In addition, the card networks require certain capital requirements. An increase in the required capital level would further limit the use of capital for other purposes.

A failure in the Bank’s operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair the Bank’s liquidity, disrupt its businesses, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage its reputation and cause financial losses.

 

The Bank’s business, and in particular, the debit card and cash management solutions business, is partially dependent on its ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions, many of which are highly complex, across numerous and diverse markets. These transactions, as well as the information technology services provided to clients, often must adhere to client-specific guidelines, as well as legal and regulatory standards. Due to the breadth of the Bank’s client base and geographical reach, developing and maintaining its operational systems and infrastructure is challenging, particularly as a result of rapidly evolving legal and regulatory requirements and technological shifts. The Bank’s financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities and those of the third-party service providers upon which it depends may fail to operate properly or become disabled. This could be a result of events such as a spike in transaction volume, cyber-attack or other unforeseen catastrophic events, which are wholly or partially beyond the control of the Company, and may adversely affect its ability to process these transactions or provide services.

 

The Bank could be subject to environmental risks and associated costs on its foreclosed real estate assets, which could materially and adversely affect it.

 

A material portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of loans collateralized by real estate. There is a risk that hazardous or toxic waste could be discovered on the properties that secure these loans. If the Bank acquires such properties as a result of foreclosure, it could be held responsible for the cost of cleaning up or removing this waste, and this cost could exceed the value of the underlying properties and materially and adversely affect it.

The Bank could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions and other third parties it relies on.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Bank has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional customers. Many of these transactions expose the Bank to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, credit risk may be exacerbated when its collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Furthermore, successful operation of the debit card and cash management solutions business depends on the soundness of third party processors, clearing agents and others that the Bank relies on to conduct its merchant business. Any losses resulting from such third parties could adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of its information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

28

The Bank’s operations rely on its computer systems, networks and third-party providers for the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other sensitive customer information. Under various federal and state laws, the Bank is responsible for safeguarding such information. Ensuring that the collection, use, transfer and storage of personal information complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase costs.

 

Although the Bank takes protective measures to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information, its computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyber-attacks and other events that could have an adverse security impact. Furthermore, the Bank may not be able to ensure that all of its clients, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information that they exchange with us, particularly where such information is transmitted by electronic means. Given the increasingly high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they can be discovered and rectified. In addition, the increasing reliance on technology systems and networks and the occurrence and potential adverse impact of attacks on such systems and networks, both generally and in the financial services industry, have enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures taken by companies to protect against cyber-security threats. As these threats and government and regulatory oversight of associated risks continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend additional resources to enhance or expand upon the security measures it currently maintains.

 

Breaches of information security resulting from the intentional or unintentional acts by those having or gaining access to the Bank’s systems or its customers’, employees’ or counterparties’ confidential information, may occur. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, and vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that the Bank uses to prevent fraudulent transactions and protect Bank, customer and underlying transaction data. Although the Bank has developed, and continues to invest in, systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks, a breach of its systems or those of processors could result in: losses to the Bank and its customers; loss of business and/or customers; damage to its reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses (including the cost of notification to consumers, credit monitoring and forensics, and fees and fines imposed by the card networks); disruption to its business; an inability to grow its online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties, or the exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability — any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal and state regulators periodically examine the Bank’s business, and the Company may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

 

The FRB and the NYSDFS periodically examine the Bank’s business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a banking agency determined that the Bank was in violation of any law or regulation; or that the Bank’s financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of operations had become unsatisfactory, it may take a number of different remedial actions. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, issue an administrative order, direct an increase in capital, restrict the Bank’s growth, assess civil monetary penalties against officers or directors, and remove officers and directors. If it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, the Bank’s deposit insurance could be terminated, and it could be placed into receivership or conservatorship. If the Bank becomes subject to any regulatory actions, there could be a material adverse impact on its business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

The performance of Bank's multi-family and mixed-use loans could be adversely impacted by regulation.

29

Multi-family and mixed-use loans generally involve a greater risk than one-to-four family residential loans because of legislation and government regulations involving rent control and rent stabilization, which are outside the control of the borrower or the Bank, and could impair the value of the security for the loan or the future cash flows of such properties. On June 14, 2019, the State of New York enacted legislation increasing restrictions on rent increases in a rent-regulated apartment building, including, among other provisions, (i) repealing the “vacancy bonus” and “longevity bonus”, which allowed a property owner to raise rents as much as 20% each time a rental unit became vacant, (ii) eliminating high-rent vacancy deregulation and high-income deregulation, which allowed a rental unit to be removed from rent stabilization once it crossed a statutory high-rent threshold and became vacant, or the tenant’s income exceeded the statutory amount in the preceding two years, and (iii) eliminating an exception that allowed a property owner who offered preferential rents to tenants to raise the rent to the full legal rent upon renewal.  The new legislation still permits a property owner to charge up to the full legal rent once the tenant vacates. As a result of this new legislation as well as previously existing laws and regulations, it is possible that rental income on certain rent-regulated properties might not rise sufficiently over time to satisfy increases in the loan rate at repricing or increases in overhead expenses (e.g., utilities, taxes, etc.). In addition, if the cash flows from a collateral property is reduced (e.g., if leases are not obtained or renewed), a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the value of the security for the loan may be impaired. Therefore, impaired multi-family and mixed-use loans may be more difficult to identify before they become problematic than residential loans. At December 31, 2019, the Bank has $199.8 million of rent-regulated stabilized multi-family loans, which had a weighted-average loan-to-value of 46.2%, a weighted average debt coverage ratio of 1.78x and a weighted average debt yield of 12.3%.

The Bank may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate.

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. In the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee of the FRB and the FRBNY identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as an alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rate.

The Bank has a significant number of loans, borrowings and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR could create considerable costs and additional risk. Since proposed alternative rates are calculated differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition will change the Bank’s market risk profiles, requiring changes to risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Furthermore, failure to adequately manage this transition process with our customers could adversely impact our reputation or could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Bank’s business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of prepaid cards as a payment mechanism or if there are adverse developments with respect to the prepaid financial services industry in general.

As the prepaid financial services industry evolves, consumers may find prepaid financial services to be less attractive than traditional or other financial services. Consumers might not use prepaid financial services for any number of reasons, including the general perception of the industry. If consumers do not continue or increase their usage of prepaid cards, including making changes in the way prepaid cards are loaded, the Bank’s operating revenues and prepaid card deposits may remain at current levels or decline. Any projected growth for the industry may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid financial services does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit cards, traditional third-party debit cards and prepaid cards, away from the Bank’s products and services, it could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial position and results of operations.

30

The Bank operates in a highly competitive industry and faces significant competition from other financial institutions and financial services providers, many of which are larger than the Bank, which may decrease growth or profits.

The Bank’s market area contains not only a large number of community and regional banks, but also a significant presence of the country’s largest commercial banks. The Bank competes with other state and national financial institutions, savings and loan associations, savings banks and credit unions and other companies offering financial services. Some of these competitors may have a longer history of successful operations nationally and in the New York market area, greater ties to businesses, expansive banking relationships, more established depositor bases, fewer regulatory constraints, and lower cost structures than the Bank does. Competitors with greater resources may possess an advantage through their ability to maintain numerous banking locations in more convenient sites, conduct more extensive promotional and advertising campaigns, or operate a more developed technology platform. Due to their size, many competitors may offer a broader range of products and services, as well as better pricing for certain products and services than the Bank can offer. Further, increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions may adversely affect the Bank’s ability to market its products and services.

The Bank is a community banking institution that provides banking services to the local communities in the market areas in which it operates, and therefore, its ability to diversify its economic risks is limited by its own local markets and economies. The Bank lends primarily to individuals and small and medium-sized businesses, which may expose it to greater lending risks than those of banks that lend to larger, better-capitalized businesses with longer operating histories. In addition, the Bank’s legally mandated lending limits are lower than those of certain of its competitors that have greater capital. Lower lending limits may discourage borrowers with lending needs that exceed these limits from doing business with the Bank. The Bank may try to serve such borrowers by selling loan participations to other financial institutions; however, this strategy may not succeed.

The Bank faces risks related to its operational, technological and organizational infrastructure.

The Bank’s ability to grow and compete is dependent on its ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure as it expands. Similar to other large corporations, operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or outside persons and exposure to external events. In addition, the Bank is heavily dependent on the strength and capability of its technology systems, which are used both to interface with customers and manage internal financial and other systems. The Bank’s ability to develop and deliver new products that meet the needs of its existing customers and attract new ones depends on the functionality of its technology systems.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The Bank’s future success will depend in part upon its ability to address the needs of its clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience as well as to provide secure electronic environments and create additional efficiencies in its operations as it continues to grow and expand its market area. The Bank continuously monitors its operational and technological capabilities and makes modifications and improvements when it believes it will be cost effective to do so. Many of the Bank’s larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in operational and technological infrastructure. As a result, competitors may be able to offer additional or more convenient products compared to those that the Bank will be able to provide, which would put it at a competitive disadvantage.

The Bank also outsources some of its operational and technological infrastructure, including modifications and improvements to these systems, to third parties. If these third-party service providers experience difficulties, fail to comply with banking regulations or terminate their services and if the Bank is unable to replace them with other service providers, its operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if the Bank were able to replace the third-party providers, it may be at a higher cost, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. The Bank also faces risk from the integration of new

31

infrastructure platforms and/or new third-party providers of such platforms into its existing businesses. The Bank’s ability to run its business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations is dependent on these infrastructures.

The Bank is subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject the Bank to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and have a material adverse impact on its reputation. Misconduct by its employees could include concealing unauthorized activities, engaging in improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions the Bank takes to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject the Bank to financial claims for negligence.

The Bank maintains a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. If internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse impact on the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Bank depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with existing and potential customers and counterparties, the Bank may rely on information provided by or on behalf of its existing and potential customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. The Bank also may rely on representations of existing and potential customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. In deciding whether to extend credit, the Bank may rely upon existing and potential customers’ representations that their respective financial statements conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. The Bank also may rely on customer and counterparty representations and certifications, or other auditors’ reports, with respect to the business and financial condition of existing and potential customers and counterparties. The Company’s financial condition, results of operations, financial reporting and reputation could be negatively affected if the Bank relies on materially misleading, false, incomplete, inaccurate or fraudulent information provided by or on behalf of existing or potential customers or counterparties.

The Bank relies heavily on its executive management team and other key employees and could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of their services.

The Bank’s success depends in large part on the performance of its key personnel, as well as on its ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute its business plan may be lengthy. The Bank may not be successful in retaining its key employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on its business because of their skills, knowledge of primary markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, the Bank may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on acceptable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects of the Bank.

The Bank may not be able to grow and if it does, it may have difficulty managing that growth.

The Bank’s ability to grow depends, in part, upon its ability to expand its market share, successfully attract deposits, and identify loan and investment opportunities as well as opportunities to generate fee-based income. The Bank may not be successful in increasing the volume of loans and deposits at acceptable levels and upon terms it finds

32

acceptable. The Bank may also not be successful in expanding its operations organically or through strategic acquisition while managing the costs and implementation risks associated with this growth strategy.

The Bank expects to grow the number of employees and customers and the scope of its operations, but it may not be able to sustain its historical rate of growth or continue to grow its business at all. Its success will depend upon the ability of its officers and key employees to continue to implement and improve operational and other systems, to manage multiple, concurrent customer relationships, and to hire, train and manage employees. In the event that the Bank is unable to perform all these tasks and meet these challenges effectively, including continuing to attract core deposits, its operations, and consequently its earnings, could be adversely impacted.

Any future acquisitions will subject the Company to a variety of risks, including execution risks, which could adversely affect growth and profitability.

The Company plans to grow its businesses organically. However, in the future the Company may consider acquisition opportunities that it believes support its businesses and enhances profitability. In the event that it does pursue acquisitions, the Company may have difficulty executing on acquisitions and may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated transaction benefits if the integration process takes longer or is costlier than expected or otherwise fails to meet expectations.

Depending on the condition of any institution or assets or liabilities that the Company may acquire, that acquisition may, at least in the near term, adversely affect its capital and earnings and, if not successfully integrated with the organization, may continue to have such effects over a longer period. The Company may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with potential acquisitions, and any acquisition considered will be subject to prior regulatory approval. As to any acquisition that the Company completes, it may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated transaction benefits if the integration process takes longer or is more costly than expected or otherwise fails to meet expectations.

Additionally, acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values and, therefore, may result in some dilution of the Company’s book value and net income per common share. The Company’s inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on its profitability, return on equity and return on assets, its ability to implement its business strategy and enhance stockholder value, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the Bank’s enterprise risk management framework is not effective at mitigating interest rate risk, market risk and strategic risk, it could suffer unexpected losses and its results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The Bank’s enterprise risk management framework seeks to achieve an appropriate balance between risk and return, which is critical to optimizing stockholder value. The Bank has established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which it is subject, including credit, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance and reputational risks. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to these risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that have not been appropriately anticipated or identified. If the Bank’s risk management framework proves ineffective, it could suffer unexpected losses and its business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s financial statements.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators, outside auditors or management) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond the Company’s control, can be hard to predict, and can materially impact how it records and reports its financial

33

condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in it needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements. For more information on changes in accounting standards, see Note 3 to the audited financial statements in this Form 10-K.

The FASB has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how the Company recognizes credit losses and may have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which replaces the current “incurred loss” model for recognizing credit losses with an “expected loss” model referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model. Under the CECL model, the Company will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the statement of financial condition and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the “incurred loss” model required under current GAAP, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. Accordingly, the Company expects that the adoption of the CECL model will materially affect how it determines allowance for loan losses and could require it to significantly increase the allowance. Moreover, the CECL model may create more volatility in the level of allowance for loan losses. If the Company is required to materially increase its level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The new CECL standard will become effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the CECL model will have on its accounting; however, it expects to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective. The Company cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on its financial condition or results of operations.

The Company’s accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict future events.

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how it records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. Management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods, so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in the reporting of materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for loan losses and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, the Company may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided; reduce the carrying value of an asset measured at fair value; or significantly increase accrued tax liability. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

The Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls, processes and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures are based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable (not absolute)

34

assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of controls, processes and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls, processes and procedures could necessitate changes in those controls, processes and procedures, which may increase compliance costs, divert management attention from the business or subject the Company to regulatory actions and increased regulatory scrutiny. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The reduced disclosures and relief from certain other significant disclosure requirements that are available to “emerging growth companies” and “smaller reporting companies” may result in reduced reporting requirements, which may make the Company’s common stock less attractive to investors.

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and a “smaller reporting company” pursuant to SEC regulations. The Company intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” or “smaller reporting companies.”  The JOBS Act permits the Company an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period, which means that its financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis, which may make the Company’s common stock less attractive to investors.

The Bank’s ability to maintain its reputation is critical to the success of its business, and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect its performance.

The Bank is a community bank, and reputation is one of the most valuable components of its business. As such, the Bank strives to conduct its business in a manner that enhances its reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring, and retaining employees who share the Bank’s core values of being an integral part of the communities it serves, delivering superior service to and caring about its customers. If the Bank’s reputation is negatively affected by the actions of its employees or for any other reason, its business, and therefore, its operating results may be materially adversely affected. Further, negative public opinion can expose it to litigation and regulatory action as it seeks to implement its growth strategy, which would adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A lack of liquidity could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity is essential to the Bank’s business. It relies on its ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of loans to ensure that there is adequate liquidity to fund its operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on liquidity. The Bank’s most important source of funds is deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff, which are strongly influenced by such external factors as the direction of interest rates, local and national economic conditions and competition for deposits in the markets the Bank serves. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, the Bank would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, which would increase its funding costs and reduce net interest income. Any changes made to the rates offered on deposit products to remain competitive with other financial institutions may also adversely affect profitability and liquidity. Further, the demand for the deposit products offered may be reduced due to a variety of factors such as demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, the monetary policy of the FRB, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products, or the availability of competing products.

Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, maturities and sales of investment securities. Additional liquidity is provided by the ability to borrow from the FHLB of New York. The Bank also has an available line of credit with FRBNY discount window. The Bank also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. The Bank’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize its activities, or on terms that are acceptable, could be impaired by factors that affect the Bank directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the

35

prospects for the financial services industry. The Bank’s access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the level of its business activity as a result of a downturn in markets or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against it.

Any decline in available funding could adversely impact the Bank’s ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet expenses, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on its liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern it.

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies that govern almost all aspects of its operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect the Company’s stockholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the overall financial stability of the U.S economy. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which the Company can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that the Bank can pay to it, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee its debt, and impose certain specific accounting requirements that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in capital than generally accepted accounting principles would require. Compliance with these laws and regulations is difficult and costly, and changes to these laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject the Company to restrictions on its business activities, fines and other penalties, the commencement of informal or formal enforcement actions against the Company, and other negative consequences, including reputational damage, any of which could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, capital base and the price of its securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposed higher capital requirements on bank holding companies and changed the rules regarding FDIC insurance premiums. Compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations has and will continue to result in additional operating and compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects of the Company.

Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future may increase the Company’s costs and impact its business, governance structure, financial condition or results of operations.

Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. Certain aspects of current regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, if enacted or adopted, could expose it to additional costs, including increased compliance costs; impact the profitability of the Company’s business activities; require more oversight; or change certain of its business practices, including the ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations and could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity and restrictions on expansion. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

36

Monetary policies and regulations of the FRB could adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, the Company’s earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks’ reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

The monetary policies and regulations of the FRB have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

The Bank faces a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Federal Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering and counter terrorist financing statutes and regulations.

The BSA, the USA PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering compliance program and to file reports such as suspicious activity reports and currency transaction reports. The Bank’s products and services, including its debit card issuing business, are subject to an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements intended to protect consumers and help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activities. The Bank is required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. The Bank is also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the regulations administered and enforced by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. If the Bank violates these laws and regulations, or if its policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, the Bank would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of its business plan, including any acquisition plans.

Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for the Bank. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The FRB may require the Company to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

Federal law requires that a bank holding company act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the FRB may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital.

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

37

Item 2.  Properties

The Company’s headquarters are located at 99 Park Avenue, New York, New York. The Company has six banking centers. Four are in Manhattan, New York, one in Brooklyn, New York and one in Long Island, New York. As of December 31, 2019, each of the Company’s offices and banking centers are leased. The Company believes that current facilities at its branches are adequate to meet its present and foreseeable needs. In April 2019, the Company executed a lease agreement to expand the space occupied at its headquarters at 99 Park Ave., New York, New York. The Company took possession of the new space during the third quarter of 2019 and commenced renovations. When the renovations are completed, the Company will vacate its existing space and move into the new office, likely to be in the second quarter of 2020.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

The Bank is subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal course of business. Management, following consultation with legal counsel, does not expect the ultimate disposition of any or a combination of these matters to have a material adverse effect on its business. However, given the nature, scope and complexity of the extensive legal and regulatory landscape applicable to the business (including laws and regulations governing consumer protection, fair lending, fair labor, privacy, information security and anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws), the Bank, like all banking organizations, is subject to heightened legal and regulatory compliance and litigation risk.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s shares of common stock are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MCB”. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company’s common stock as of March 5, 2020 was 112. The Company’s common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on November 8, 2017. The Company has not declared any dividends to date.

The Company has not historically declared or paid cash dividends on its common stock and does not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Instead, the Company anticipates that its future earnings will be retained to support operations and to finance the growth and development of the business. Any future determination to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock will be made by its Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including:

·

historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations;

·

the Company’s capital levels and requirements;

·

statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations;

·

any contractual restriction on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends, including pursuant to the terms of any of its credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements;

·

business strategy;

·

tax considerations;

·

alternative use of funds, such as for any acquisitions or potential acquisitions;

38

·

general economic conditions; and

·

other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

There were no sales of unregistered securities or repurchases of shares of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Selected Financial Data for this item is not required for a smaller reporting company. Information regarding the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and ratios can be found in “Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this Form 10-K.

 

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Executive Summary

The Company is a bank holding company headquartered in New York, New York and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. Through its wholly owned bank subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank, a New York state chartered bank, the Company provides a broad range of business, commercial and retail banking products and services to small businesses, middle-market enterprises, public entities and affluent individuals in the New York metropolitan area. The Bank’s primary lending products are commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans and commercial and industrial loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flows from operations of businesses. The Bank’s primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term deposit accounts, and its deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) under the maximum amounts allowed by law.

The Company is focused on organically growing and expanding its position in the New York metropolitan area. Through an experienced team of commercial relationship managers and its integrated, client-centric approach, the Bank has successfully demonstrated its ability to consistently grow market share by deepening existing client relationships and continually expanding its client base through referrals and seeking out alternatives to traditional retail banking products. The Bank has maintained a goal of converting many of its commercial lending clients into full retail relationship banking clients. Given the size of the market in which the Bank operates and its differentiated approach to client service, there is significant opportunity to continue its loan and deposit growth trajectory.

Recent Events

In April 2019, the Company executed a lease agreement to expand the space occupied at its headquarters at 99 Park Ave., New York, New York. The Company took  possession of the new space during the third quarter of 2019 and commenced renovations, which will continue through the fourth quarter of 2019. When the renovations are completed, the Company will vacate its existing space and move into the new office. When the Company took possession of the new space, rent expense increased by approximately $200,000 for each of the remaining months of 2019, representing the rent expense on the new space. When the renovations are complete and the Company vacates its existing space, which is likely to be in the second quarter of 2020, the Company will cease rent payments on the former space resulting in a reduction of rent expense of approximately $195,000 per quarter.

Critical Accounting Policies

A summary of accounting policies is provided in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report. Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving significant judgments and assumptions by management that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or

39

on income under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes the Company’s most critical accounting policy, which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, is as follows:

Allowance for Loan Losses

Although management evaluates available information to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the level of the allowance is an estimate which is subject to significant judgement and short-term change. Because of uncertainties associated with local economic conditions, collateral values and future cash flows of the loan portfolio, it is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the allowance for loan losses in the near term due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Company’s control. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated. The evaluation of the adequacy of loan collateral is often based upon estimates and appraisals. Due to changing economic conditions, the valuations determined from such estimates and appraisals may also change. Accordingly, the Company may ultimately incur losses that vary from management’s current estimates. Adjustments to the allowance for loan losses will be reported in the period such adjustments become known or can be reasonably estimated. All loan losses are charged to the allowance for loan losses when the loss actually occurs or when the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.

Emerging Growth Company

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, an EGC is provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the FASB or the SEC either (i) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to non-EGCs or (ii) within the same time periods as private companies. The Company elected the option to utilize the delayed effective dates of recently issued accounting standards. As permitted by the JOBS Act, so long as it qualifies as an EGC, the Company will take advantage of some of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are available to it, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

For a discussion of the impact of recently issued accounting standards, please see Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements

40

Selected Financial Information

The following table includes selected financial information for the Company for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At or for the year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Return on average assets

 

 

1.06

%  

 

1.31

%  

 

0.81

%

Return on average equity

 

 

10.66

 

 

10.18

 

 

9.27

 

Net interest spread

 

 

2.55

 

 

2.74

 

 

2.95

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.46

 

 

3.70

 

 

3.52

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

179.97

 

 

245.30

 

 

198.12

 

Non-interest expense/average assets

 

 

2.11

 

 

2.23

 

 

2.15

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

55.39

 

 

52.13

 

 

51.66

 

Average equity to average total asset ratio

 

 

9.93

 

 

12.86

 

 

8.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per Share

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

3.63

 

$

3.12

 

$

2.40

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

 

3.56

 

 

3.06

 

 

2.34

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Asset Quality Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing loans to total loans

 

 

0.17

%  

 

0.02

%  

 

0.24

%

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

 

 

0.98

 

 

1.02

 

 

1.05

 

Non-performing loans to total assets

 

 

0.13

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.19

 

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

 

 

584.73

 

 

NM

 

 

439.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

9.42

 

 

13.72

 

 

13.71

 

Common equity tier 1

 

 

10.10

 

 

13.22

 

 

15.33

 

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

 

12.52

 

 

16.90

 

 

19.90

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

 

11.03

 

 

14.57

 

 

17.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

10.07

 

 

14.73

 

 

14.71

 

Common equity tier 1

 

 

11.79

 

 

15.63

 

 

18.40

 

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

 

12.73

 

 

16.66

 

 

19.40

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

 

11.79

 

 

15.63

 

 

18.40

 

 

NM – Not Meaningful

 

Discussion of Financial Condition

Summary

The Company had total assets of $3.36 billion at December 31, 2019, compared with $2.18 billion at December 31, 2018. Loans, net of deferred fees and unamortized costs, increased by $807.7 million, or 43.3%, to $2.67 billion at December 31, 2019 as compared to $1.87 billion at December 31, 2018. For 2019, the Bank’s loan production was $1.1 billion, as compared to $830.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in loans during 2019 consisted, primarily, of loan originations and purchases of $584.7 million in real estate loans and $506.0 million in commercial and industrial loans. The increase in loan production in 2019 was the result of expanding existing lending relationships, particularly in skilled nursing facilities, as well as developing new relationships. New loans generated from existing

41

relationships amounted to $497.1 million, or 46%, of the total loan production for 2019. New loans related to skilled nursing facilities amounted to $330.0 million, or 30%, of the total loan production for 2019. The Bank was able to fund the increased level of loan production with deposits, which increased $1.13 billion, or 68.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2019. 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents increased $158.3 million, or 67.9%, to $391.2 million at December 31, 2019, as compared to $233.0 million at December 31, 2018. Total securities, primarily those classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”), increased $203.8 million, or 548.9% to $240.9 million at December 31, 2019, as compared to $37.1 million at December 31, 2018. The increases in cash and cash equivalents and securities reflect the strong growth in deposits of $1.13 billion that exceeded growth in loans of $807.7 million. At December 31, 2019, $126.2 million of AFS securities were pledged as collateral for certain deposits and were, therefore, considered encumbered as of December 31, 2019. There were no securities pledged at December 31, 2018.

 

Total deposits increased $1.13 billion, or 68.1%, to $2.79 billion at December 31, 2019, as compared to $1.66 billion at December 31, 2018.  This was due to an increase of $838.3 million in interest-bearing deposits to $1.70 billion at December 31, 2019, as compared to $862.0 million at December 31, 2018, and an increase of $291.9 million in non-interest-bearing deposits to $1.09 billion at December 31, 2019, as compared to $798.6 million at December 31, 2018. The increase in deposits was primarily due to growth in the Bank’s bankruptcy account deposit vertical and property management accounts, as well as deposit growth in the Bank’s retail network.

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) advances decreased by $41.0 million, or 22.2%, to $144.0 million at December 31, 2019, as compared to $185.0 million at December 31, 2018, as the deposit growth during the year was sufficient to support the Bank’s loan growth and to reduce the level of borrowings.

Total stockholders’ equity was $299.1 million at December 31, 2019, as compared to $264.5 million at December 31, 2018. The increase of $34.6 million was primarily due to net income of $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Investments

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Available-for-sale

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

175,902

 

$

177,263

 

$

24,093

 

$

23,513

 

$

27,665

 

$

27,390

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

32,284

 

 

32,472

 

 

5,874

 

 

5,849

 

 

1,581

 

 

1,550

U.S. Government agency securities

 

 

25,000

 

 

25,207

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Municipal bonds

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,074

 

 

1,077

 

 

1,098

 

 

1,109

Total securities available for sale

 

$

233,186

 

$

234,942

 

$

31,041

 

$

30,439

 

$

30,344

 

$

30,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

3,722

 

$

3,712

 

$

4,546

 

$

4,378

 

$

5,403

 

$

5,305

Foreign government securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

25

      Total securities held to maturity

 

$

3,722

 

$

3,712

 

$

4,571

 

$

4,403

 

$

5,428

 

$

5,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CRA Mutual Fund

 

$

2,258

 

$

2,224

 

$

2,208

 

$

2,110

 

$

2,160

 

$

2,108

      Total equity investment securities

 

$

2,258

 

$

2,224

 

$

2,208

 

$

2,110

 

$

2,160

 

$

2,108

 

42

The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities, excluding equity securities, at December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands). The table does not include the effect of prepayments or scheduled principal amortization.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than One Year 

 

More than Five 

 

 

 

One Year or Less

 

to Five Years

 

to Ten Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Average

 

Amortized

 

 

Average

 

Amortized

 

Average

 

 

    

Cost

    

Yield

    

Cost

  

  

Yield

    

Cost

    

Yield

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

 —

 

 —

%  

$

 —

 

 

 —

%  

$

20,192

 

2.23

%  

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,044

 

2.17

 

U.S. Government agency securities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

25,000

 

2.68

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

 —

 

 —

%  

$

 —

 

 

 —

%  

$

47,236

 

2.46

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

 —

 

 —

%  

$

 —

 

 

 —

%  

$

 —

 

 —

%  

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

 —

 

 —

%  

$

 —

 

 

 —

%  

$

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ten Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Average

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

    

Yield

    

Cost

    

Value

 

 

Yield

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

155,710

 

2.61

%  

$

175,902

 

$

177,263

 

 

2.56

%  

 

 

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

30,240

 

2.62

 

 

32,284

 

 

32,472

 

 

2.59

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency securities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

25,000

 

 

25,207

 

 

2.68

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

185,950

 

2.61

%  

$

233,186

 

$

234,942

 

 

2.58

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

3,722

 

1.98

 

 

3,722

 

 

3,712

 

 

1.98

%  

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

3,722

 

1.98

%  

$

3,722

 

$

3,712

 

 

1.98

%  

 

 

There were $126.2 million of AFS securities pledged as collateral for certain deposits at December 31, 2019. There were no securities pledged at December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s securities portfolio primarily consisted of investment grade mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by government agencies.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than U.S. government-sponsored entities and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

43

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

Each reporting period, the Bank evaluates its AFS securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) is required to be recognized if:  (1) it intends to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. For impaired securities that the Bank intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the impairment is recognized as OTTI, resulting in a realized loss that is a charged to earnings through a reduction in noninterest income. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes.

The unrealized losses of securities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are primarily due to the changes in market interest rates subsequent to purchase. The Bank does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired since the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. In addition, the Bank does not intend to sell and does not believe that it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell these investments until there is a full recovery of the unrealized loss, which may be at maturity. As a result, no impairment loss was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Loans

Loans are the Bank’s primary interest-earning asset. The following tables set forth certain information about the loan portfolio and asset quality.

The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

  

Loan
Balance

  

% of
total
loans

  

Loan
Balance

  

% of
total
loans

  

Loan
Balance

  

% of
total
loans

  

Loan
Balance

  

% of
total
loans

  

Loan
Balance

  

% of
total
loans

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,668,236

 

62.2

%

 

$

949,778

 

50.9

%

 

$

783,745

 

55.2

%

 

$

547,711

 

51.9

%

 

$

364,802

 

44.4

%

Construction

 

 

30,827

 

1.2

 

 

 

42,540

 

2.3

 

 

 

36,960

 

2.6

 

 

 

29,447

 

2.8

 

 

 

38,447

 

4.7

 

Multi-family

 

 

375,611

 

14.0

 

 

 

307,126

 

16.4

 

 

 

190,097

 

13.4

 

 

 

117,373

 

11.1

 

 

 

118,367

 

14.4

 

One-to-four family

 

 

82,670

 

3.1

 

 

 

79,423

 

4.3

 

 

 

25,568

 

1.8

 

 

 

26,480

 

2.5

 

 

 

37,371

 

4.5

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

448,619

 

16.8

 

 

 

381,692

 

20.4

 

 

 

340,001

 

23.9

 

 

 

315,870

 

29.9

 

 

 

258,661

 

31.5

 

Consumer

 

 

71,956

 

2.7

 

 

 

106,790

 

5.7

 

 

 

44,595

 

3.1

 

 

 

18,825

 

1.8

 

 

 

3,825

 

0.5

 

Total loans

 

$

2,677,919

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,867,349

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,420,966

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,055,706

 

100.0

%

 

$

821,473

 

100.0

%

 

Commercial real estate loans include owner-occupied loans of $557.2 million, $236.0 million, $177.0 million, $61.0 million and $48.0 million at December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following tables set forth certain information at December 31, 2019 regarding the dollar amount of loan contractual maturities during the periods indicated. The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments that

44

significantly shorten the average loan life and may cause actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

    

Real Estate

    

Construction

    

Multi-family

    

family

    

and industrial

    

loans

 

 

Total

 

Amount due to Mature During the Year Ending:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

One year or less

 

 

337,874

 

 

9,708

 

 

9,947

 

 

 —

 

 

166,019

 

 

77

 

 

523,625

 

One to five years

 

 

1,137,668

 

 

21,119

 

 

299,871

 

 

 —

 

 

238,825

 

 

12,889

 

 

1,710,372

 

Greater than 5 years

 

 

192,694

 

 

 —

 

 

65,793

 

 

82,670

 

 

43,775

 

 

58,990

 

 

443,922

 

Total

 

$

1,668,236

 

$

30,827

 

$

375,611

 

$

82,670

 

$

448,619

 

$

71,956

 

$

2,677,919

 

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of loans at December 31, 2019 that are due after one year and have either fixed interest rates or floating interest rates (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

 

 

Fixed Rate Loans

 

% of Total Fixed Rate Loans

 

Floating Rate Loans

 

% of Total Floating Rate Loans

 

Total Loans

Real Estate:

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

Commercial

 

$

877,622

 

58.1

%  

$

452,740

 

70.2

%  

$

1,330,362

Construction

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

21,119

 

3.3

 

 

21,119

Multi-family

 

 

363,321

 

24.1

 

 

2,343

 

0.4

 

 

365,664

One-to-four family

 

 

69,705

 

4.6

 

 

12,965

 

2.0

 

 

82,670

Commercial and industrial

 

 

160,786

 

10.7

 

 

121,814

 

18.9

 

 

282,600

Consumer

 

 

38,060

 

2.5

 

 

33,819

 

5.2

 

 

71,879

Total

 

$

1,509,494

 

100

%  

$

644,800

 

100

%  

$

2,154,294

 

45

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loan originations, purchases and sales at the dates indicated below (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Total loans at the beginning of the year

 

$

1,867,349

 

$

1,420,966

 

$

1,055,706

 

$

821,473

 

$

634,852

Loans originated:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Real Estate:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Commercial

 

 

442,947

 

 

359,514

 

 

323,570

 

 

230,790

 

 

239,005

Construction

 

 

18,061

 

 

1,496

 

 

52,116

 

 

10,685

 

 

30,333

Multi-family

 

 

91,316

 

 

104,585

 

 

88,347

 

 

89,643

 

 

17,300

One-to-four family

 

 

15,295

 

 

60,156

 

 

48,620

 

 

12,685

 

 

37,663

Commercial and industrial

 

 

471,426

 

 

64,225

 

 

185,853

 

 

64,461

 

 

60,373

Consumer

 

 

332

 

 

49,639

 

 

16,930

 

 

16,605

 

 

3,966

Total loans originated

 

 

1,039,377

 

 

639,615

 

 

715,436

 

 

424,869

 

 

388,640

Loans purchased:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Commercial and industrial

 

 

34,560

 

 

43,924

 

 

46,756

 

 

108,726

 

 

68,283

Consumer

 

 

163

 

 

89,504

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

One-to-four family

 

 

17,061

 

 

57,360

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total loans purchased

 

 

51,784

 

 

190,788

 

 

46,756

 

 

108,726

 

 

68,283

Loans sold:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Commercial and industrial

 

 

(21,502)

 

 

(26,682)

 

 

(7,871)

 

 

(26,095)

 

 

 —

Total loans sold

 

 

(21,502)

 

 

(26,682)

 

 

(7,871)

 

 

(26,095)

 

 

 —

Other:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Principal repayments and amortization

 

 

(257,902)

 

 

(356,555)

 

 

(385,074)

 

 

(267,078)

 

 

(270,302)

Charge-offs

 

 

(1,187)

 

 

(783)

 

 

(3,987)

 

 

(6,189)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loan activity

 

 

810,570

 

 

446,383

 

 

365,260

 

 

234,233

 

 

186,621

Total loans, including loans held for sale, at end of period

 

$

2,677,919

 

$

1,867,349

 

$

1,420,966

 

$

1,055,706

 

$

821,473

 

Asset Quality

Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), and other real estate that has been acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loan obligations or upon foreclosure. Past due status on all loans is based on the contractual terms of the loan. It is generally the Bank’s policy that a loan 90 days past due be placed on non-accrual status unless factors exist that would eliminate the need to place a loan in this status. A loan may also be designated as non-accrual at any time if payment of principal or interest in full is not expected due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. At the time loans are placed on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is discontinued and previously accrued interest is reversed. All payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to principal. Loans are considered for return to accrual status when they become current as to principal and interest and remain current for a period of six consecutive months or when, in the opinion of management, the Company expects to receive all of its original principal and interest. In the case of non-accrual loans where a portion of the loan has been charged off, the remaining balance is kept in non-accrual status until the entire principal balance has been recovered.

 

46

Delinquent Loans

 

The following tables set forth the Bank’s loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

 

 

Loans Past Due
30 – 89 Days

 

Loans Past Due
90 Days or More and Non-Accrual Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of 

 

Principal

 

Number of

 

Principal

 

    

Loans

    

Balance

    

Loans

    

Balance

Real Estate:

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

One-to-four family

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 1

 

 

2,345

Commercial and industrial

 

 5

 

 

346

 

 4

 

 

1,455

Consumer

 

 6

 

 

650

 

 9

 

 

693

Total

 

11

 

$

996

 

14

 

$

4,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

 

 

Loans Past Due
30 – 89 Days

 

Loans Past Due
90 Days or More and Non-Accrual Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Principal

 

Number of

 

Principal

 

    

Loans

    

Balance

    

Loans

    

Balance

Real Estate:

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

One-to-four family

 

 1

 

 

870

 

 —

 

 

 —

Commercial and industrial

 

 5

 

 

1,765

 

 4

 

 

239

Consumer

 

 5

 

 

162

 

 1

 

 

50

Total

 

11

 

$

2,797

 

 5

 

$

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017

 

 

Loans Past Due
30 – 89 Days

 

Loans Past Due
90 Days or More and Non-Accrual Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Principal

 

Number of

 

Principal

 

    

Loans

    

Balance

    

Loans 

    

Balance 

Real Estate:

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

Commercial

 

 1

 

$

836

 

 2

 

$

787

Commercial and industrial

 

 3

 

 

227

 

 —

 

 

 —

Consumer

 

 5

 

 

170

 

 3

 

 

155

Total

 

 9

 

$

1,233

 

 5

 

$

942

 

47

The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of non-performing assets and TDRs at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Non-performing assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

787

 

$

 —

 

$

1,373

One-to-four family

 

 

2,345

 

 

 —

 

 

2,447

 

 

 —

 

 

659

Commercial and industrial

 

 

1,047

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,660

 

 

46

Consumer

 

 

693

 

 

50

 

 

155

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total non-accrual loans

 

$

4,085

 

$

50

 

$

3,389

 

$

3,660

 

$

2,078

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 

 

408

 

 

239

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total non-performing assets

 

$

4,493

 

$

289

 

$

3,389

 

$

3,660

 

$

2,078

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

367

 

$

383

 

$

1,580

 

$

5,504

 

$

1,806

Multi-family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,971

One-to-four family

 

 

1,039

 

 

1,078

 

 

1,119

 

 

1,130

 

 

1,130

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,255

 

 

3,358

Consumer

 

 

35

 

 

39

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

$

1,441

 

$

1,500

 

$

2,699

 

$

7,889

 

$

12,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans to total loans

 

 

0.17%

 

 

0.02%

 

 

0.24%

 

 

0.35%

 

 

0.26%

Total non-performing loans to total assets

 

 

0.13%

 

 

0.01%

 

 

0.19%

 

 

0.30%

 

 

0.22%

Total non-performing assets to total assets

 

 

0.13%

 

 

0.01%

 

 

0.19%

 

 

0.30%

 

 

0.22%

 

Non-accrual loans increased by $4.0 million to $4.1 million at December 31, 2019, as compared to $50,000 at December 31, 2018, primarily due to a one-to-four family loan in the amount of $2.4 million, which was placed on non-accrual status in June 2019. As of December 31, 2019, this loan was current and had a loan-to-value ratio of 48.9%. In addition, non-accrual loans included the remaining two taxi medallion loans with a principal balance of $1.0 million. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had established a specific reserve of $805,000 for the taxi medallion loans.

Interest income that would have been recorded for 2019, had non-performing loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to $144,000. The Bank recognized $94,000 of interest income for these loans for 2019.

Interest income that would have been recorded for 2018, had non-performing loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to $14,000. The Bank recognized $12,000 of interest income for these loans for 2018.

Interest income that would have been recorded for 2019 and 2018, had TDRs been current according to their original terms, amounted to $114,000 and $178,000, respectively. The Bank recognized $78,000 and $169,000 for these loans for 2019 and 2018, respectively.

48

Classified Assets

The following table sets forth information regarding the Bank’s classified assets, as defined under applicable regulatory standards, at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Special mention

 

$

367

 

$

1,879

 

$

12,595

Substandard

 

 

960

 

 

 —

 

 

1,966

Doubtful

 

 

1,047

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Pass

 

 

2,520,919

 

 

1,679,257

 

 

1,336,242

Total

 

$

2,523,293

 

$

1,681,136

 

$

1,350,803

 

Potential Problem Loans 

In addition to classifying assets as substandard, doubtful or loss, we also categorize assets as special mention.  A special mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.  If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the Bank’s credit position at some future date.  Other than the loans listed above as non-performing, classified or special mention, there are no potential problem loans that cause management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable incurred losses on existing loans. The allowance is established based on management’s evaluation of the probable incurred losses inherent in the Company’s portfolio in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), and is comprised of both specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances.

The allowance for loan losses is increased through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of all or a portion of the principal is unlikely. Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is performed on a quarterly basis and takes into consideration such factors as the credit risk grade assigned to the loan, historical loan loss experience and review of specific impaired loans.

49

The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

Loans in

 

 

 

 

% of

 

Loans in

 

 

 

 

% of 

 

Loans in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Category

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Category

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Category to

 

 

 

Allowance

 

to Total

 

to Total

 

Allowance

 

to Total

 

to Total

 

Allowance

 

to total

 

Total 

 

 

    

Amount

    

Allowance

    

Loans

    

Amount

    

Allowance

    

Loans

    

Amount

    

Allowance

    

Loans

 

Real Estate:

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Commercial

 

$

15,317

 

58.3

%  

62.2

%  

$

9,037

 

47.7

%  

50.9

%  

$

7,136

 

47.9

%  

55.2

%

Construction

 

 

411

 

1.6

 

1.2

 

 

625

 

3.3

 

2.3

 

 

519

 

3.5

 

2.6

 

Multi-family

 

 

2,453

 

9.3

 

14.0

 

 

2,047

 

10.8

 

16.4

 

 

1,156

 

7.8

 

13.4

 

One-to-four family

 

 

267

 

1.0

 

3.1

 

 

228

 

1.2

 

4.3

 

 

138

 

0.9

 

1.8

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

7,070

 

26.9

 

16.8

 

 

6,257

 

33.0

 

20.4

 

 

5,578

 

37.5

 

23.9

 

Consumer

 

 

754

 

2.9

 

2.7

 

 

748

 

4.0

 

5.7

 

 

360

 

2.4

 

3.1

 

Total

 

$

26,272

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

$

18,942

 

100.0

%  

100.00

%  

$

14,887

 

100.0

%  

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

Loans in

 

 

 

 

% of

 

Loans in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Category

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

to total

 

to Total

 

Allowance

 

to total

 

to Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

Allowance

    

Loans

 

Amount

    

Allowance

    

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

5,206

 

44.1

%  

51.9

%  

$

3,650

 

36.7

%  

44.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

409

 

3.5

 

2.8

 

 

589

 

5.9

 

4.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family

 

 

620

 

5.2

 

11.1

 

 

986

 

9.9

 

14.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

 

109

 

0.9

 

2.5

 

 

444

 

4.5

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

5,364

 

45.4

 

29.9

 

 

4,254

 

42.8

 

31.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

107

 

0.9

 

1.8

 

 

19

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

11,815

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

$

9,942

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

Summary of Loan Loss Experience

The following tables present a summary by loan portfolio segment of allowance for loan and lease loss, loan loss experience, and provision for loan losses for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

$

18,942

 

$

14,887

 

$

11,815

 

$

9,942

 

$

7,916

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 —

 

 

(77)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

One-to-four family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(659)

 

 

 —

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

(798)

 

 

(304)

 

 

(3,879)

 

 

(5,530)

 

 

 —

 

Consumer

 

 

(389)

 

 

(402)

 

 

(108)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

(1,187)

 

 

(783)

 

 

(3,987)

 

 

(6,189)

 

 

 —

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

11

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

4,289

 

 

1,700

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Consumer

 

 

 5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total recoveries

 

 

4,294

 

 

1,700

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

3,107

 

 

917

 

 

(3,987)

 

 

(6,187)

 

 

11

 

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

4,223

 

 

3,138

 

 

7,059

 

 

8,060

 

 

2,015

 

Balance at end of the year

 

$

26,272

 

$

18,942

 

$

14,887

 

$

11,815

 

$

9,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding

 

 

(0.13)

%

 

(0.06)

%

 

0.32

%

 

0.66

%

 

 —

%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding

 

 

0.98

%

 

1.02

%

 

1.05

%

 

1.12

%

 

1.21

%

Allowance for loan losses to total nonperforming loans

 

 

584.73

%

 

NM

%

 

439.21

%

 

322.82

%

 

478.40

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NM – Not meaningful

 

Recoveries received during 2019 included $4.2 million related to taxi medallion loans previously charged off in 2016 and 2017. The Bank’s remaining taxi medallion loans had an unpaid principal balance of $1.0 million and a related total specific reserve of $805,000 at December 31, 2019.

51

Deposits

The tables below summarize the Bank’s deposit composition by segment for the periods indicated, and the dollar and percent change from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage

    

 

 

    

Percentage

    

 

 

    

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

of total

 

 

 

 

of total

 

 

 

 

of total

 

 

 

2019

 

balance

 

2018

 

balance

 

2017

 

balance

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

1,090,479

 

39.1

%  

$

798,563

 

48.1

%  

$

812,616

 

57.9

%

Money market

 

 

1,573,716

 

56.3

 

 

745,040

 

44.9

 

 

484,470

 

34.5

 

Savings accounts

 

 

16,204

 

0.6

 

 

19,950

 

1.2

 

 

27,024

 

1.9

 

Time deposits

 

 

110,375

 

4.0

 

 

97,001

 

5.8

 

 

80,245

 

5.7

 

Total

 

$

2,790,774

 

100.00

%  

$

1,660,554

 

100.0

%  

$

1,404,355

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019 vs.

    

2019 vs.

 

 

 

2018 vs.

 

2018 vs.

 

 

 

2018

 

2018

 

 

 

2017

 

2017

 

 

 

dollar

 

percentage 

 

 

 

dollar

 

percentage

 

 

 

Change

 

Change

 

 

 

Change

 

Change

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

291,916

 

36.6

%  

 

$

(14,053)

 

(1.7)

%

Money market

 

 

828,676

 

111.2

 

 

 

260,570

 

53.8

 

Savings accounts

 

 

(3,746)

 

(18.8)

 

 

 

(7,074)

 

(26.2)

 

Time deposits

 

 

13,374

 

13.8

 

 

 

16,756

 

20.9

 

Total

 

$

1,130,220

 

68.1

%  

 

$

256,199

 

18.2

%

 

The tables below summarize the Bank’s average balances and average interest rate paid, by segment, for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

 

2019

 

Average Rate

 

2018

 

Average Rate

 

2017

 

Average Rate

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

968,030

 

 —

%  

$

884,604

 

 —

%  

$

607,743

 

 —

%

Money market

 

 

1,229,955

 

1.85

 

 

579,484

 

1.28

 

 

540,504

 

0.86

 

Savings accounts

 

 

18,141

 

0.66

 

 

20,850

 

0.56

 

 

21,229

 

1.92

 

Time deposits

 

 

109,952

 

2.46

 

 

87,966

 

1.81

 

 

80,130

 

1.29

 

Total

 

$

2,326,078

 

1.88

%  

$

1,572,904

 

1.32

%  

$

1,249,606

 

0.92

%

 

As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the Bank’s outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $104.9 million. The following are scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

At December 31, 

 

 

2019

Three months or less

 

$

20,968

Over three months through six months

 

 

26,490

Over six months through one year

 

 

44,426

Over one year

 

 

18,491

Total

 

$

110,375

 

52

Borrowings

FHLB Advances

At December 31, 2019, the Bank had the ability to borrow a total of  $437.8 million from the FHLB, of which the Bank had borrowed $144.0 million. It also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”) discount window of $99.2 million.

The following table sets forth information concerning the Bank’s FHLB borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end during reporting period

 

$

224,000

 

$

185,000

 

$

76,775

 

Average balance outstanding during period

 

$

165,953

 

$

51,769

 

$

65,014

 

Weighted average interest rate during period

 

 

2.45

%  

 

2.19

%  

 

1.27

%

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

$

144,000

 

$

185,000

 

$

42,198

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

 

 

2.02

%  

 

2.64

%  

 

1.53

%

 

Trust Preferred Securities Payable

On December 7, 2005, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust I”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust I in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust I issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust I’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of  $10.3 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) issued by the Company. The Debentures, the sole assets of Trust I, mature on December 9, 2035 and bear interest at a floating rate of 3‑month LIBOR plus 1.85%. The Debentures became callable after five years. At December 31, 2019, the Debentures bore an interest rate of 3.84%.

On July 14, 2006, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust II”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust II in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust II issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust II’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of  $10.3 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures II”) issued by the Company. The Debentures II, the sole assets of Trust II, mature on October 7, 2036, and bear interest at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. The Debentures II became callable after five years of issuance. At December 31, 2019, the Debentures II bore an interest rate of 3.99%.

The terms of these trust preferred securities will be impacted by the transition from LIBOR to an alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rate, potentially SOFR, in 2022. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the transition on the trust preferred securities payable.

Subordinated Notes Payable

On March 8, 2017, the Company issued $25 million of subordinated notes at 100% issue price to accredited institutional investors. The notes mature on March 15, 2027 and bear an interest rate of 6.25% per annum. The interests are paid semi-annually on March 15th and September 15th of each year through March 15, 2022 and quarterly thereafter on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year.

In accordance with the terms of the subordinate notes, the interest rate from March 15, 2022 to the maturity date shall reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to the then current 3-month LIBOR (not less than zero) plus 426 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears. However, these terms will be impacted by the transition from LIBOR to an

53

alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rate, potentially SOFR, in 2022. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the transition on the Company’s subordinate notes payable.

The Company may redeem the subordinated notes beginning with the interest payment date of March 15, 2022 and on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter. The subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

Secured Borrowings

The Bank has loan participation agreements with counterparties. The Bank is generally the servicer for these loans. If the transfer of the participation interest does not qualify for sale treatment under current accounting guidance, the amount of the loan transferred is recorded as a secured borrowing. There were $43.0 million in secured borrowings as of December 31, 2019 and none as of December 31, 2018.

Discussion of the Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2019

 

Net Income

Net income increased $4.5 million to $30.1 million for 2019, as compared to $25.6 million for 2018. This increase was primarily due to a $26.4 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in non-interest income, a $16.5 million increase in non-interest expense and a $2.7 million increase in income tax expense.

54

Net Interest Income Analysis

Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and interest incurred on liabilities.

The following table presents an analysis of net interest income by each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (dollars in thousands). Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances and therefore have a zero yield.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Average
Outstanding
Balance

  

Interest

  

Yield/Rate

  

Average
Outstanding
Balance

  

Interest

  

Yield/Rate

  

Average
Outstanding
Balance

  

Interest

  

Yield/Rate

  

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

2,304,158

 

$

117,124

 

5.08

%  

$

1,604,624

 

$

77,342

 

4.82

%  

$

1,244,194

 

$

57,186

 

4.60%

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

142,135

 

 

3,579

 

2.52

%  

 

28,482

 

 

608

 

2.13

%  

 

32,950

 

 

675

 

2.05%

 

Held-to-maturity securities

 

 

4,158

 

 

84

 

2.02

%  

 

4,987

 

 

104

 

2.06

%  

 

5,963

 

 

123

 

2.06%

 

Equity investments

 

 

3,229

 

 

78

 

2.42

%  

 

2,181

 

 

60

 

2.75

%  

 

2,135

 

 

45

 

2.11%

 

Overnight deposits

 

 

348,736

 

 

7,739

 

2.22

%  

 

268,636

 

 

5,042

 

1.88

%  

 

184,144

 

 

2,284

 

1.24%

 

Other interest-earning assets

 

 

21,951

 

 

1,176

 

5.36

%  

 

17,167

 

 

789

 

4.60

%  

 

11,661

 

 

551

 

4.73%

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

2,824,080

 

$

129,780

 

4.60

%  

 

1,926,077

 

 

83,945

 

4.36

%  

 

1,481,047

 

$

60,864

 

4.11%

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

45,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,206

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

58,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(22,265)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,301)

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

(15,322)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,846,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,951,982

 

 

  

 

  

 

$

1,524,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market and savings accounts

 

$

1,248,096

 

$

22,824

 

1.83

%  

$

600,334

 

$

7,511

 

1.25

%  

$

561,733

 

$

4,840

 

0.86%

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

109,952

 

 

2,709

 

2.46

%  

 

87,966

 

 

1,592

 

1.81

%  

 

80,130

 

 

1,033

 

1.29%

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

1,358,048

 

 

25,533

 

1.88

%  

 

688,300

 

 

9,103

 

1.32

%  

 

641,863

 

 

5,873

 

0.92%

 

Borrowed funds

 

 

211,145

 

 

6,637

 

3.10

%  

 

96,905

 

 

3,614

 

3.68

%  

 

105,684

 

 

2,798

 

2.61%

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,569,193

 

 

32,170

 

2.05

%  

 

785,205

 

 

12,717

 

1.62

%  

 

747,547

 

$

8,671

 

1.16%

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

 

 

968,030

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

884,604

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

607,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

27,132

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

31,143

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

35,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,564,355

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

1,700,952

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

1,390,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

282,604

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

251,030

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

133,462

 

 

 

 

 

   

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

2,846,959

 

 

  

 

  

 

$

1,951,982

 

 

  

 

  

 

$

1,524,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

  

 

$

97,610

 

  

 

 

  

 

$

71,228

 

  

 

 

 

 

$

52,193

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread (2)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

2.55

%  

 

  

 

 

  

 

2.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.95%

 

Net interest-earning assets

 

$

1,254,887

 

 

  

 

  

 

$

1,140,872

 

 

  

 

  

 

$

733,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

3.46

%  

 

  

 

 

  

 

3.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.52%

 

Ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

1.80

x  

 

  

 

 

  

 

2.45

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.98

x


(1)

Amount includes deferred loan fees and non-performing loans.

(2)

Determined by subtracting the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities from the weighted average yield on total interest-earning assets.

(3)

Determined by dividing net interest income by total average interest-earning assets.

55

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

2019 over 2018

 

2018 over 2017

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

Total

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

Total

 

 

Due to

 

Increase

 

Due to

 

Increase

 

    

Volume

    

Rate

    

(Decrease)

    

Volume

    

Rate

    

(Decrease)

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Loans

 

$

35,353

 

$

4,429

 

$

39,782

 

$

17,257

 

$

2,899

 

$

20,156

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

2,841

 

 

130

 

 

2,971

 

 

(39)

 

 

(28)

 

 

(67)

Held-to-maturity securities

 

 

(18)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(20)

 

 

(20)

 

 

 1

 

 

(19)

Equity investments

 

 

26

 

 

(8)

 

 

18

 

 

 1

 

 

14

 

 

15

Overnight deposits

 

 

1,674

 

 

1,023

 

 

2,697

 

 

1,302

 

 

1,456

 

 

2,758

Other interest-earning assets

 

 

243

 

 

144

 

 

387

 

 

253

 

 

(15)

 

 

238

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

40,119

 

$

5,716

 

$

45,835

 

$

18,754

 

$

4,327

 

$

23,081

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Money market and savings accounts

 

$

10,725

 

$

4,588

 

$

15,313

 

$

353

 

$

2,318

 

$

2,671

Certificates of deposit

 

 

457

 

 

660

 

 

1,117

 

 

109

 

 

450

 

 

559

Total deposits

 

 

11,182

 

 

5,248

 

 

16,430

 

 

462

 

 

2,768

 

 

3,230

Borrowed funds

 

 

3,656

 

 

(633)

 

 

3,023

 

 

(243)

 

 

1,059

 

 

816

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

14,838

 

 

4,615

 

 

19,453

 

 

219

 

 

3,827

 

 

4,046

Change in net interest income

 

$

25,281

 

$

1,101

 

$

26,382

 

$

18,535

 

$

500

 

$

19,035

 

Net interest margin decreased 24 basis points to 3.46% for 2019 from 3.70% for 2018. Total average interest-earning assets increased $898.0 million to $2.82 billion for 2019, as compared to $1.93 billion for 2018. The total yield on average interest-earning assets increased 24 basis points to 4.60% for 2019 as compared to 4.36% for 2018. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 43 basis points to 2.05% for 2019, as compared to 1.62% for 2018. Non-interest-bearing deposits accounted for 38% of total funding in 2019, as compared to 53% in 2018. As a result, the ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 1.80x for 2019, as compared to 2.45x for 2018.

Interest Income

Interest income increased $45.8 million to $129.8 million for 2019, as compared to $83.9 million for 2018. This increase was primarily due to increases of $39.8 million in interest income on loans, $3.0 million in interest on AFS securities, and $2.7 million in interest on overnight deposits. The increase in interest income on loans was due to a $699.5 million increase in the average balance of loans to $2.30 billion and a 26 basis point increase in the average yield to 5.08% for 2019, as compared to an average balance of $1.60 billion and an average yield of 4.82% on loans for 2018. The increase in the average balance of loans reflects the Bank’s focus on expanding existing relationships and developing new ones. The growth in the loan portfolio was led by growth in the Bank’s healthcare portfolio. New loans related to skilled nursing facilities amounted to $330.0 million, or 30% of total loan production in 2019. The increase in interest on AFS securities was due to an $113.7 million increase in average balance of AFS securities to $142.1 million for 2019, as compared to $28.5 million for 2018. Additionally, the average yield on AFS securities increased 39 basis points to 2.52%, as compared to 2.13% for those same periods. The increase in interest on overnight deposits was due to an increase of $80.1 million in the average balance of overnight funds to $348.7 million for 2019, as compared to $268.6 million for 2018. The average yield on overnight deposits increased 34 basis points to 2.22%, as compared to 1.88% for those same periods.

56

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $19.5 million to $32.2 million for 2019, as compared to $12.7 million for 2018. This increase was due primarily to a $16.4 million increase in interest on deposits and a $3.0 million increase in interest on borrowings. The increase in interest expense on deposits was primarily due to a $669.7 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $1.36 billion for 2019 and a 56 basis point increase in the average cost of deposits to 1.88%, as compared to an average balance of $688.3 million and an average cost of 1.32% for 2018. The growth in the average balance of deposits was due primarily to the development of the Bank’s new corporate cash management product offered to bankruptcy trustees, property management companies and others who have control of or discretion over large cash positions.

Interest expense on borrowings increased primarily due to an increase in the average balance of borrowings of $114.2 million to $211.1 million for  2019, as compared to $96.9 million for 2018, the impact of which was offset by a 58 basis point decrease in the average cost to 3.10%, as compared to 3.68% for those same periods.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses for 2019 was $4.2 million, as compared to $3.1 million for 2018. The required provision for loan losses for 2019 was reduced due to $4.3 million of recoveries related primarily to the recovery of medallion loans previously charged-off in 2017 and 2016. The increase in the provision was primarily a result of the record loan growth during 2019 and an $805,000 provision related to the remaining two taxi medallion loans, which have a principal balance of $1.0 million.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income decreased by $1.5 million, or 12.4%, to $10.6 million in 2019, as compared to $12.2 million for 2018, primarily due to decreases of $692,000 in service charges on deposit accounts and $1.9 million in other service charges and fees, offset by an increase of $1.0 million in debit card income. The decreases in service charges on deposit accounts and other service charges and fees were due to a decrease in wire fees and foreign currency conversion fees, which were at an elevated level during the first quarter of 2018 as customers, particularly those in the digital currency business, were transferring funds from their global corporate accounts back into their U.S. accounts with the Bank. The increase in debit card income reflects the growth in the debit card business.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $16.5 million to $60.0 million for 2019 as compared to $43.5 million for 2018. Compensation and benefits increased $5.6 million to $31.2 million for 2019 as compared to $25.7 million for 2018. This increase was due primarily to an increase in the average number of full-time employees to 163 for 2019, as compared to 140 for 2018, reflecting the Company’s growth during the year.

Technology costs, excluding licensing fees related to certain corporate cash management deposit accounts, decreased $461,000 to $2.5 million for 2019 as compared to $3.0 million for 2018. For 2019, the aforementioned licensing fees amounted to $8.5 million as compared to $1.0 million for 2018, an increase of $7.5 million. Licensing fees are for a software interface provided by a third-party that is required by bankruptcy trustees to manage bankruptcy deposit accounts.  Bankruptcy trustee accounts, which are included in our corporate cash management deposit product, amounted to $865.8 million at December 31, 2019, as compared to $80.8 million at December 31, 2018.

Bank premises and equipment increased $1.4 million to $6.5 million for 2019, as compared to $5.1 million for 2018, primarily due to the Company taking possession of new space, which is under renovation, at its headquarters in 99 Park Ave., New York, New York in August 2019. The additional rent amounted to $1.0 million during 2019. When renovations on the new space are complete and the Company vacates its existing space, likely to be in the second quarter of 2020, the Company will cease rent payments on the former space, which amounts to approximately $195,000 per quarter.

57

Other expenses increased by $1.9 million to $7.8 million for 2019, as compared to $5.9 million for 2018. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $812,000 in FDIC assessments and an increase of $546,000 in software maintenance expense. The increase in FDIC assessments, which was a function of the growth in the Bank’s assets, was offset by a one-time credit of $251,000 that the Bank received in the third quarter of 2019 because the FDIC deposit insurance reserve ratio exceeded the FDIC established threshold. The increase in software maintenance fee was a result of the growth in the Bank’s assets and business needs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, which involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following is a table of off-balance sheet arrangements broken out by fixed and variable rate commitments for the periods indicated therein (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

    

Fixed Rate

    

Variable Rate

    

Fixed Rate

    

Variable Rate

    

Fixed Rate

    

Variable Rate

Undrawn lines of credit

 

$

17,204

 

$

193,767

 

$

7,737

 

$

130,547

 

$

39,651

 

$

76,008

Letters of credit

 

 

47,743

 

 

 —

 

 

34,351

 

 

 

 

23,741

 

 

 

 

$

64,947

 

$

193,767

 

$

42,088

 

$

130,547

 

$

63,392

 

$

76,008

 

The following is a maturity schedule for the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total

    

2020

    

2021 - 2022

    

2023 - 2024

    

thereafter

Undrawn lines of credit

 

$

210,971

 

$

118,193

 

$

76,685

 

$

16,093

 

$

 —

Standby letters of credit

 

 

47,743

 

 

24,745

 

 

22,998

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

$

258,714

 

$

142,938

 

$

99,683

 

$

16,093

 

$

 —

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. The Bank’s primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and sales of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

The Bank regularly reviews the need to adjust investments in liquid assets based upon an assessment of: (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of the ALCO program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are dependent on operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, cash and cash equivalents totaled $391.2 million and $233.0 million, respectively. Securities classified as AFS, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $234.9 million at December 31, 2019 and $30.4 million at December 31, 2018. There were $126.2 million of AFS securities pledged as collateral for certain deposits at December 31, 2019. There were no securities pledged at December 31, 2018.

58

At December 31, 2019, the Bank had the ability to borrow $437.8 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”), of which it had borrowed $144.0 million. It also had an available line of credit with the FRBNY discount window of $99.2 million. The FHLB advances were used to supplement deposit funding to support loan growth.

The Bank has no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect its liquidity other than set forth below. In the event loan demand were to increase faster than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment were to occur, the Company could access its borrowing capacity with the FHLBNY or obtain additional funds through brokered certificates of deposit.

Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2019 totaled $96.8 million, or 3.5% of total deposits. Total certificates of deposit were $110.4 million, or 4.0% of total deposits, at December 31, 2019.

The Bank’s primary investing activities are the origination and purchase of loans and the purchase of securities. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Bank originated and purchased $1.1 billion of loans and $226.9 million of securities. During the year ended December 31, 2018, it originated and purchased $830.4 million of loans and purchased $7.7 million of securities.

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts. Total deposits increased by $1.1 billion and $256.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Bank generates deposits from businesses and individuals through client referrals and other relationships and through its retail presence. The Bank has established deposit concentration thresholds to avoid the possibility of dependence on any single depositor base for funds.

The Bank has loan participation agreements with counterparties. The Bank is generally the servicer for these loans. If the transfer of the participation interest does not qualify for sale treatment under current accounting guidance, the amount of the loan transferred is recorded as a secured borrowing. There were $43.0 million in secured borrowings as of December 31, 2019 and none as of December 31, 2018.

The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company and Bank met all applicable regulatory capital requirements to be considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. The Company and Bank manage their capital to comply with their internal planning targets and regulatory capital standards administered by federal banking agencies. The Bank reviews capital levels on a monthly basis.

The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the requirements being fully phased in on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer was 2.50% at December 31, 2019 and 1.88% at December 31, 2018. The capital conservation buffer requirement was being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing by 0.625% each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or loss on AFS securities is not included in the computation of the regulatory capital. The Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements, to which they are subject, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

59

Below is a table of the Company and Bank’s capital ratios for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

At December 31, 

    

Minimum
Ratio to be
“Well
Capitalized”

    

Minimum
Ratio
Required
for Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

 

2019

    

2018

 

 

 

 

The Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

9.4%

 

13.7%

 

N/A

 

4.0%

Common equity tier 1

 

10.1%

 

13.2%

 

N/A

 

4.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

11.0%

 

14.6%

 

N/A

 

6.0%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

12.5%

 

16.9%

 

N/A

 

8.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

10.1%

 

14.7%

 

5.0%

 

4.0%

Common equity tier 1

 

11.8%

 

15.6%

 

6.5%

 

4.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

11.8%

 

15.6%

 

8.0%

 

6.0%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

12.7%

 

16.7%

 

10.0%

 

8.0%

 

As a result of the recently enacted Economic Growth Act (the “Act”), banking regulatory agencies adopted a revised definition of “well capitalized” for financial institutions and holding companies with assets of less than $10 billion and that are not determined to be ineligible by their primary federal regulator due to their risk profile (a “Qualifying Community Bank”). The new definition expanded the ways that a Qualifying Community Bank may meet its capital requirements and be deemed “well capitalized.” The new rule establishes a community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) equal to the tangible equity capital divided by the average total consolidated assets. Regulators have established the CBLR to be set at 9%, effective January 1, 2020.

 

A Qualifying Community Bank that maintains a leverage ratio greater than 9% is considered to be well capitalized and to have met generally applicable leverage capital requirements, generally applicable risk-based capital requirements, and any other capital or leverage requirements to which such financial institution or holding company is subject.

The Bank plans to continue to measure capital adequacy using the ratios in the table above.

Item 7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

General

The principal objective of the Company’s asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within its statement of financial condition and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity and capital. The Board of Directors of the Bank has oversight of the Bank’s asset and liability management function, which is managed by its ALCO. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to market interest rate changes, local and national market conditions and market interest rates. That group also reviews liquidity, capital, deposit mix, loan mix and investment positions.

Interest Rate Risk

As a financial institution, the Bank’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the

60

effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.

The Company manages its exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. The Bank generally originates fixed and floating rate loans with maturities of less than 5 years and the interest rate risk on these loans is offset by the cost of deposits, many of which generally pay interest based on a floating rate index. The Bank does not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk but may do so in the future. Based upon the nature of operations, the Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk and does not own any trading assets.

Net Interest Income At-Risk

The Bank analyzes its sensitivity to changes in interest rates through a net interest income simulation model. It estimates what net interest income would be for a one-year period based on current interest rates, and then calculates what the net interest income would be for the same period under different interest rate assumptions. For modeling purposes, the Bank reclassifies licensing fees on corporate cash management deposits from non-interest expense to interest expense since these fees are indexed to certain market interest rates. The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the one-year period beginning December 31, 2019 resulting from potential changes in interest rates, expressed in basis points. These estimates require certain assumptions to be made, including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.

Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and will differ from actual results. The following table indicates the sensitivity of projected annualized net interest income to the interest rate movements described above at December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

Change in Interest Rates
(basis points)

    

Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
(1)

    

Year 1
Change from Level

 

400

 

$

89,150

 

(15.17)

%

300

 

 

92,796

 

(11.70)

 

200

 

 

96,459

 

(8.21)

 

100

 

 

100,332

 

(4.53)

 

 

 

105,090

 

 

(100)

 

 

111,824

 

6.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Our modeling assumptions move licensing fees up to interest expense.

Given the recent decreases in market interest rates, the Company did not model a 200 basis point decrease in interest rates at December 31, 2019.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2019, in the event of a 200 basis point instantaneous increase in interest rates, the Company would experience an 8.2% decrease in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, it would experience a 6.4% increase in net interest income.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis

The Bank analyzes the sensitivity of its financial condition to changes in interest rates through an economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the fair value of assets and predicted changes in the present value of liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates.

61

The table below represents an analysis of interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in economic value of equity, resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve (+100, +200, +300 and +400 basis points and -100 basis points) at December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Increase (Decrease) in

 

EVE as a Percentage of Fair

 

 

 

 

 

EVE

 

Value of Assets (3)

Change in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease)

(basis points) (1)

    

Estimated EVE (2)

    

Dollars

    

Percent

    

EVE Ratio (4)

    

(basis points)

+400

 

$

231,708

 

$

(85,482)

 

(26.95)

%

7.51

 

(2.01)

+300

 

 

253,604

 

 

(63,586)

 

(20.05)

 

8.07

 

(1.45)

+200

 

 

274,737

 

 

(42,453)

 

(13.38)

 

8.58

 

(0.94)

+100

 

 

299,219

 

 

(17,971)

 

(5.67)

 

9.15

 

(0.36)

 

 

317,190

 

 

 

 

9.51

 

 —

-100

 

 

327,870

 

 

10,680

 

3.37

 

9.66

 

0.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

(2)

EVE is the fair value of expected cash flows from assets, less the fair value of the expected cash flows arising from   liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts.

(3)

Fair value of assets represents the amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arms-length transaction.

(4)

EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the fair value of assets.

 

Given the recent decreases in market interest rates, the Company did not model a 200 basis point decrease in interest rates at December 31, 2019.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2019, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, the Bank would experience a 3.37% increase in its economic value of equity. In the event of a 200 basis points increase in interest rates, it would experience a decrease of 13.38% in economic value of equity.

The preceding income simulation analysis does not represent a forecast of actual results and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions, which are subject to change, including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including the yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and others. Also, as market conditions vary, prepayment/refinancing levels, the varying impact of interest rate changes on caps and floors embedded in adjustable-rate loans, early withdrawal of deposits, changes in product preferences, and other internal/external variables will likely deviate from those assumed.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data included in this report have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

For the Company’s consolidated financial statements, see index on page 69.

62

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure

a)

Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a‑15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2019. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

b)

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed under the supervision of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with the authorization of management and the Board of Directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections on any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

As of December 31, 2019, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based upon its assessment, management believes that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 is effective using these criteria. This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company (as a smaller reporting company) to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

63

c)

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no significant changes made in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding the Company’s directors, executive officers and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2019. Specifically, the Company incorporates herein the information regarding its directors and executive officers included in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors — Nominees and Continuing Directors,” “— Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors” and “— Delinquent Section 16(a)  Reports.”

Information regarding the Company’s corporate governance is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors — Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee.” The Company has adopted a written Code of Ethics that applies to all directors, officers, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer or Controller, or persons performing similar functions, and employees. The Code of Ethics is published on the Company’s website, www.mcbankny.com. The Company will provide to any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of such Code of Ethics. Such request should be made in writing to: Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 99 Park Ave, 12th Floor, New York, New York, 10016, attention: Investor Relations.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information regarding executive and director compensation and the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Compensation Matters.” 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included under the heading “Stock Ownership” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

64

The following table shows information at December 31, 2019 for all equity compensation plans under which shares of the Company’s common stock may be issued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Category

    

Number of Securities To be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options

    

Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options

    

Number of Securities Remaining Available For Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Number of Securities To be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved By Security Holders

 

231,000

 

18.00

 

341,562

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

231,000

 

18.00

 

341,562

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Board Independence” sections of the Company’s 2020 Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The “Proposal 2 — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” section of the Company’s 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements

See index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 69.

Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under “Part II — Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Exhibits Required by Item 601 of SEC Regulation S-K

65

10.2

Amended and restated Employment Agreement by and among Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Mark R. DeFazio(6)

10.3

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan(7)

10.4

First Amendment to 2009 Equity Incentive Plan(8))

10.5

Second Amendment to 2009 Equity Incentive Plan(9)

10.6

Metropolitan Commercial Bank Executive Annual Incentive Plan(10)

10.7

Form of Performance Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement(11)

10.8

Amendment One to Restricted Share Agreements between Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp and Grantee(12)

10.9

Form of Restricted Share Agreement(13)

10.10

Form of Stock Option Agreement(14)

10.11

Change in Control Agreement by and among Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Gerard Perri(15)

10.12

Employment Agreement by and between Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Scott Lublin(16) 

10.13

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan(17)

10.14

Change in Control Agreement between Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Nick Rosenberg(18)

10.15

Change in Control Agreement between Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Anthony Fabiano(18) 

10.16

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – 2019 Plan(19)

10.17

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (20)

10.18

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (21)

10.19

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (22)

10.20

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (23)

21

Subsidiaries of Registrant(24)

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operation for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and (vi) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


(1)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

(2)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

(3)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

(4)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

(5)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

(6)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8, 2020 (File No. 001-38282).

(7)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

66

(8)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2018 (File No. 001-38282).

(9)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2018 (File No. 001-38282).

(10)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

(11)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2018 (File No. 001‑38282).

(12)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2018 (File No. 001‑38282).

(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2018 (File No. 001-38282).

(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2018 (File No. 001-38282).

(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2018 (File No. 001-38282).

(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2018 (File No. 001-38282).

(17) Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 17, 2019 (File No. 001-38282).

(18) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2019 (File No. 001-38282).

(19) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26. 2019 (File No. 333‑233465).

(20) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26. 2019 (File No. 333‑233465).

(21) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26. 2019 (File No. 333‑233465).

(22) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26. 2019 (File No. 333‑233465).

(23) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26. 2019 (File No. 333‑233465).

(24) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017 (File No. 333‑220805).

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

None.

67

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

 

 

Date: March 9, 2020

By:

/s/ Mark R. DeFazio

 

 

Mark R. DeFazio

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures

    

Title

    

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark R. DeFazio

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 9, 2020

Mark R. DeFazio

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Anthony J. Fabiano

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

March 9, 2020

Anthony J. Fabiano

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Reinhardt

 

Chairman of the Board

 

March 9, 2020

William Reinhardt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dale C. Fredston

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

Dale C. Fredston

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David J. Gold

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

David J. Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Harvey M. Gutman

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

Harvey M. Gutman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Terence J. Mitchell

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

Terence J. Mitchell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert C. Patent

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

Robert C. Patent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Maria F. Ramirez

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

Maria F. Ramirez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Gavrin

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

David M. Gavrin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Usdan

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

Robert Usdan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George J. Wolf, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 9, 2020

George J. Wolf, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

69

 

Picture 1

 

 

 

Crowe LLP

Independent Member Crowe Global

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary

New York, New York

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Crowe LLP

 

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.

 

 

 

Livingston, New Jersey

 

March 9, 2020

 

 

 

70

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

10,176

 

$

9,246

Overnight deposits

 

 

381,045

 

 

223,704

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

391,221

 

 

232,950

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value, substantially restricted

 

 

234,942

 

 

30,439

Investment securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of  $3,712 and $4,403 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

 

 

3,722

 

 

4,571

Equity investments

 

 

2,224

 

 

2,110

Total securities

 

 

240,888

 

 

37,120

Other investments

 

 

20,939

 

 

22,287

Loans, net of deferred fees and unamortized costs

 

 

2,672,949

 

 

1,865,216

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(26,272)

 

 

(18,942)

Net loans

 

 

2,646,677

 

 

1,846,274

Receivable from prepaid card programs, net

 

 

10,078

 

 

8,218

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

8,862

 

 

5,507

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

12,100

 

 

6,877

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

11,406

 

 

8,158

Goodwill

 

 

9,733

 

 

9,733

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

5,668

 

 

5,520

Total assets

 

$

3,357,572

 

$

2,182,644

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

1,090,479

 

$

798,563

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

1,700,295

 

 

861,991

Total deposits

 

 

2,790,774

 

 

1,660,554

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances

 

 

144,000

 

 

185,000

Trust preferred securities

 

 

20,620

 

 

20,620

Subordinated debt, net of issuance cost

 

 

24,601

 

 

24,545

Secured borrowings

 

 

42,972

 

 

 —

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

23,556

 

 

18,439

Accrued interest payable

 

 

1,229

 

 

1,282

Prepaid third-party debit cardholder balances

 

 

10,696

 

 

7,687

Total liabilities

 

 

3,058,448

 

 

1,918,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 2,000,000 shares, 272,636 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 3

 

 

 3

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 8,312,918 and 8,217,274  shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

82

 

 

82

Additional paid in capital

 

 

216,468

 

 

213,490

Retained earnings

 

 

81,364

 

 

51,415

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect

 

 

1,207

 

 

(473)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

299,124

 

 

264,517

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

3,357,572

 

$

2,182,644

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

71

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Interest and dividend income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

117,124

 

$

77,342

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

3,730

 

 

743

Tax-exempt

 

 

11

 

 

29

Money market funds and commercial paper

 

 

159

 

 

135

Overnight deposits

 

 

7,739

 

 

5,042

Other interest and dividends

 

 

1,017

 

 

654

Total interest income

 

$

129,780

 

$

83,945

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

25,533

 

 

9,103

Borrowed funds

 

 

4,118

 

 

1,149

Trust preferred securities interest expense

 

 

899

 

 

846

Subordinated debt interest expense

 

 

1,620

 

 

1,619

Total interest expense

 

 

32,170

 

 

12,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

97,610

 

 

71,228

Provision for loan losses

 

 

4,223

 

 

3,138

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

93,387

 

 

68,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

3,556

 

 

4,248

Prepaid  third-party debit card income

 

 

5,643

 

 

4,640

Other service charges and fees

 

 

1,366

 

 

3,305

Unrealized gain on equity securities

 

 

64

 

 

 —

Loss on call of securities

 

 

 —

 

 

(37)

Total non-interest income

 

 

10,629

 

 

12,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

31,242

 

$

25,658

Bank premises and equipment

 

 

6,530

 

 

5,063

Professional fees

 

 

3,427

 

 

2,922

Technology costs

 

 

10,992

 

 

3,987

Other expenses

 

 

7,764

 

 

5,841

Total non-interest expense

 

 

59,955

 

 

43,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before income tax expense

 

 

44,061

 

 

36,775

Income tax expense

 

 

13,927

 

 

11,221

Net income

 

$

30,134

 

$

25,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

$

3.63

 

$

3.12

Diluted earnings

 

$

3.56

 

$

3.06

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

72

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Net income

 

$

30,134

 

$

25,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) arising during the period

 

 

2,358

 

 

(390)

Reclassification adjustments for net losses included in net income 

 

 

 —

 

 

37

Tax effect

 

 

(746)

 

 

86

       Total unrealized gains (loss) on securities available for sale, net

 

 

1,612

 

 

(267)

Comprehensive income

 

 

31,746

 

 

25,287

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

73

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

AOCI

 

 

 

 

 

Stock,

 

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

(Loss),

 

 

 

 

  

Class B

  

 

Stock

  

Capital

  

Earnings

  

Net

  

Total

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2018

 

272,636

 

$

 3

 

 

8,196,310

 

$

81

 

$

211,145

 

$

25,861

 

$

(206)

 

$

236,884

Restricted stock, net of forfeiture

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,987

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Employee and non-employee stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,151

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,151

Exercise of stock options, net of redemption of common stock for exercise of stock options and tax withholdings for restricted stock vesting

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

11,977

 

 

 1

 

 

359

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

360

Repurchase of shares for exercise of stock options and tax withholding for restricted stock vesting

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(132)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(132)

Issuance of common stock(1)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(33)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(33)

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

25,554

 

 

 —

 

 

25,554

Other comprehensive loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(267)

 

 

(267)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

272,636

 

$

 3

 

 

8,217,274

 

$

82

 

$

213,490

 

$

51,415

 

$

(473)

 

$

264,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2019

 

272,636

 

$

 3

 

 

8,217,274

 

$

82

 

$

213,490

 

$

51,415

 

$

(473)

 

$

264,517

ASU 2016-01 Accounting adjustment to opening retained earnings

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(68)

 

 

68

 

 

 —

ASU 2014-09 Accounting adjustment to opening retained earnings

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(117)

 

 

 —

 

 

(117)

Balance at January 1, 2019, as adjusted

 

272,636

 

 

 3

 

 

8,217,274

 

 

82

 

 

213,490

 

 

51,230

 

 

(405)

 

 

264,400

Restricted stock, net of forfeiture

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

104,862

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Employee and non-employee stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,067

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,067

Repurchase of shares for tax withholding for restricted stock vesting

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(9,218)

 

 

 —

 

 

(89)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(89)

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

30,134

 

 

 —

 

 

30,134

Other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,612

 

 

1,612

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

272,636

 

 

 3

 

 

8,312,918

 

 

82

 

 

216,468

 

 

81,364

 

 

1,207

 

 

299,124

 

(1)

Represents costs incurred in connection with the Company’s IPO completed in 2017

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

74

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

30,134

 

$

25,554

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,613

 

 

1,355

Net amortization of premiums on securities 

 

 

543

 

 

306

Amortization of subordinated debt issuance costs 

 

 

56

 

 

56

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

4,223

 

 

3,138

Employee and non-employee stock-based compensation

 

 

3,067

 

 

2,151

Net change in deferred loan fees

 

 

2,837

 

 

1,063

Deferred income tax benefit

 

 

(1,865)

 

 

(1,531)

Loss on call of securities

 

 

 —

 

 

37

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

(86)

 

 

(50)

Dividends earned on CRA fund

 

 

(50)

 

 

 —

Unrealized gain of equity securities

 

 

(64)

 

 

 —

Net change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

(3,355)

 

 

(1,086)

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

5,117

 

 

(3,239)

Change in third-party debit cardholder balances

 

 

3,009

 

 

(1,195)

Change in accrued interest payable

 

 

(53)

 

 

533

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(148)

 

 

1,081

Receivable from prepaid card programs, net

 

 

(1,860)

 

 

1,361

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(2,161)

 

 

(2,474)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

40,957

 

 

27,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan originations and payments, net

 

 

(777,181)

 

 

(279,794)

Loans purchased

 

 

(51,784)

 

 

(190,788)

Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale

 

 

21,502

 

 

26,732

Redemptions of other investments

 

 

12,354

 

 

4,255

Purchases of other investments

 

 

(11,007)

 

 

(12,865)

Purchase of securities available for sale

 

 

(226,858)

 

 

(7,687)

Proceeds from calls of securities available for sale

 

 

1,065

 

 

1,463

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of securities available for sale

 

 

23,136

 

 

5,252

Proceeds from paydowns of securities held to maturity

 

 

820

 

 

826

Purchase of premises and equipment, net

 

 

(6,836)

 

 

(1,964)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,014,789)

 

 

(454,570)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of redemptions

 

 

 —

 

 

360

Redemption of common stock for tax withholdings for restricted stock vesting

 

 

(89)

 

 

(132)

Proceeds from FHLB advances

 

 

1,028,000

 

 

293,240

Repayments of FHLB advances

 

 

(1,069,000)

 

 

(150,438)

Proceeds from secured borrowings

 

 

42,972

 

 

 —

Net increase in deposits

 

 

1,130,220

 

 

256,199

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,132,103

 

 

399,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

158,271

 

 

(28,281)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

 

232,950

 

 

261,231

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

 

$

391,221

 

$

232,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

32,223

 

$

12,184

Income Taxes

 

$

15,185

 

$

13,794

Non-cash item:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans held for investment to held for sale

 

$

21,502

 

$

26,682

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

75

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (a New York Corporation) (the “Company”) is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of Metropolitan Commercial Bank (the “Bank”), its wholly-owned subsidiary. The Bank’s primary market is the New York metropolitan area. The Bank offers a traditional range of commercial banking services to individuals, businesses and others needing banking services. Its primary lending products are commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, and commercial and industrial loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flows from operations of businesses. The Bank’s primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term deposit accounts, and its deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) under the maximum amounts allowed by law. The Bank commenced operations on June 22, 1999.

The Company is subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, is periodically examined by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities, the Company’s business is susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.

 

NOTE 2  — BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and predominant practices within the U.S. banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Consolidated Financial Statements (the “financial statements”) reflect all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the years presented. In preparing the financial statements, management has made estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reported periods.

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

Use of Estimates:   To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Flows:   Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and amounts due from banks and money market funds. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, and other investments.

Securities:   Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Equity securities with readily determinable fair value are carried at fair value, with change in fair value reported in net income.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted a new accounting standard for Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-01), which required equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. Upon adoption, equity securities previously classified as available-for-sale are presented separately on the balance sheet as

76

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

equity securities. The amount of unrealized gain (loss), net of tax, related to these securities was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as of January 1, 2019. Upon adoption, the amendments related equity securities without readily determinable fair values (including disclosure requirements) are being applied prospectively to equity investments that existed at January 1, 2019.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method. Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations upon sale.

Management evaluates AFS securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the statement of operations and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Accounts Receivable & Receivable from Prepaid Card Programs, Net: Accounts receivables, net, primarily consist of the Bank’s in-transit items, trade receivables from prepaid debit card programs and other receivables. Receivables from prepaid card programs are predominantly government scheduled payments including financial assistance programs and pensions.

Revenue Recognition:  Most of the Company’s revenue is derived from interest income on loans. Any revenues from contracts with customers, which are not exempt from the accounting requirements under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014‑09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, are accounted for using the five-step method prescribed by the ASU. These revenue items are debit card income, service charges on deposit accounts and other service charges. In accordance with the ASU, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these services. The Company applies the following five steps to properly recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Technology Costs: Technology costs are primarily comprised of licensing fees on certain deposit accounts held by bankruptcy trustees.  These accounts require the use of a software interface provided by a third party. Licensing fees amounted to $8.5 million and $1.0 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively. Bankruptcy accounts subject to the licensing fees amounted to $865.8 million and $80.8 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets:   Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the

77

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. Transfers of financial assets that do not meet the criteria to be accounted for as sales are recorded as secured borrowings.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses:   Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management deems adequate to cover probable incurred credit losses. In determining the level to be maintained, management evaluates many factors, including current economic trends, industry experience, historical loss experience, loan concentrations, the borrower’s ability to repay and repayment performance and estimated collateral values. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired.

A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. All commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for credit risk at least annually, and all classified loans are individually evaluated for impairment quarterly. Large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans such as residential real estate loans are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, are not separately evaluated for impairment disclosures unless the individual loan is classified.

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

When a loan is modified and concessions have been made to the original contractual terms, such as reductions in interest rate or deferral of interest or principal payments, due to the borrower’s financial condition, the modification is known as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). TDRs are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Bank determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

The general component of the allowance covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Bank over a rolling two-year period. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects on any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending

78

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified: Construction loans, Commercial Real Estate loans, Multi-Family loans, One-to-Four Family loans, Commercial & Industrial loans and Consumer loans.

The risk characteristics of each of the identified portfolio segments are as follows:

Construction — Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, additional funds may be required to be advanced in excess of the amount originally committed to permit completion of the building.

If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the value of the building may be insufficient to assure full repayment if liquidation is required. If foreclosure is required on a building before or at completion due to a default, there can be no assurance that all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs will be recovered.

Commercial Real Estate — Commercial real estate loans are secured by nonresidential real estate and generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than residential real estate loans. Repayment of commercial real estate loans depends on the total cash flow analysis of the borrower and the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability, and the value of the underlying property. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the cash flows from the property. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Commercial real estate is also subject to adverse market conditions that cause a decrease in market value or lease rates, obsolescence in location or function and market conditions associated with oversupply of units in a specific region.

Multi-family — Multi-family real estate loans are secured by multi-family real estate and generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than residential real estate loans. Repayment of multi-family real estate loans depends on the cash flow analysis of the property, occupancy rates, and unemployment rates, combined with the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability, and the value of the underlying property. Payments on these loans depend on successful operation and management of the properties, and repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

One-to-Four Family — One-to-four family loans are generally made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment income or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable. Repayment of one-to-four family loans is subject to adverse employment conditions in the local economy leading to increased default rates and decreased market values from oversupply in a geographic area. In general, these loans depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, therefore, are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

Commercial & Industrial — Commercial & Industrial loans are generally of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business

79

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

itself. Furthermore, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value.

Consumer — The Bank purchases loans made to licensed medical professionals on an unsecured basis. Consumer loans are comprised of these loans and student loans. As a result, repayment of such loans are subject, to a greater extent than loans secured by collateral, to the financial condition of the borrower.

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary, based on changes in economic conditions or any other factors used in management’s determination. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to operations based upon the principal amounts outstanding. Loans are placed on non-accrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more. Delinquent status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income. Interest payments received on such loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance when the collectability of principal, wholly or partially, is in doubt. Interest payments received may be deferred on nonaccrual loans in which the principal balance is deemed to be collectible. Interest income is recognized when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and the loans are returned to accrual status.

Goodwill:   Goodwill and certain other intangibles generally arise from business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill and other intangibles deemed to have indefinite lives generated from business combinations are not subject to amortization and are instead tested for impairment not less than annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exist that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test.

The goodwill of $9.7 million is associated with a purchase of the prepaid third-party debit card business. The Company performed an impairment assessment and determined that no impairment of goodwill existed as of December 31, 2019 or 2018.

Stock-Based Compensation:   Compensation cost is recognized for stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of options. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

The Company also awards performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) to employees. The PRSUs are classified as either equity or liability, depending on certain criteria provided in ASC 718, Stock Based Compensation. This classification affects whether the measurement of fair value is fixed (i.e., measured only once) on the grant date or whether fair value will be remeasured each reporting period until settled. On the grant date, the estimate of equity-classified awards’ fair value would be fixed, the cumulative amount of previously recognized compensation cost would be adjusted, and the Company would no longer have to remeasure the award. If the award is liability-classified, the awards would continue to be marked to fair value each reporting period until settlement. The Company recognizes compensation cost for awards with performance conditions if and when it concludes that it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The Company assesses the probability of vesting (i.e. that the performance

80

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

conditions will be met) at each reporting period and, if required, adjusts compensation cost based on its probability assessment.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:   Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Bank to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of temporary cash investments including due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and real estate loans receivable. A significant portion of real estate loans are collateralized by property in the New York Metropolitan area. The ultimate collectability of these loans may be susceptible to changes in the real estate market in this area.

Premises and Equipment:   Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets by the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the terms of the respective leases or the estimated lives of the improvements.

Other Investments:   Other investments includes Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock and investments in the Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund (“SBA Loan Fund”). Other investments also include a $500,000 investment in The Disability Opportunity Fund, which is an equity equivalent investment to a community development financial institution. The investment was made by the Bank in 2018.The Bank is a member of the FRB and the FHLB systems. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors. FRB and FHLB stock are carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income. The investment in the SBA Fund is recorded at cost and periodically evaluated for impairment. The Company held FRB and FHLB stock of  $7.3 million and $8.1 million, respectively, and an SBA Loan Fund investment of  $5.0 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the Company held FRB and FHLB stock of $7.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, and an SBA loan Fund investment of $5.0 million. 

Comprehensive Income:   Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

Restrictions on Cash:  Cash on hand or on deposit with the FRB was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements. Also included in cash was $10.6 million and $9.4 million of cash held in escrow and collateral accounts for third-party debit card program managers as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Earnings per Common Share:   Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted average number shares determined for the basic computation plus the dilutive effect of potential common shares issuable under certain stock compensation plans. Unvested share-based awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has determined that its outstanding non-vested stock awards are participating securities and that its outstanding non-vested restricted stock units and PRSUs are non-participating securities.

Income Taxes:   Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The primary temporary difference relates to the allowance for loan losses. A valuation allowance is recorded, as necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to an estimated amount expected to be realized.

81

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments:   Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:   Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Loss Contingencies:   Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Reclassifications:   Some items in the prior year financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassification had no effect on prior year net income or stockholders’ equity.

Operating segments:   While department heads monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: Pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”) is permitted to elect to adopt new accounting guidance using adoption dates of nonpublic entities. The Company elected delayed effective dates of recently issued accounting standards.

 

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014‑09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014‑09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. In August 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) deferred the effective date of the ASU by one year which means ASU 2014‑09 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the new revenue guidance as January 1, 2019, using the five-step model prescribed by the ASU and

82

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

described above. Management evaluated the Company’s revenue streams and recorded an adjustment to opening retained earnings of $117,000 in accordance with the modified retrospective method allowed by the ASU.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑01, an amendment to Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Subtopic 825‑10). The objectives of the ASU are to: (1) require equity investments to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (2) simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values, (3) eliminate the requirement to disclose methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (4) require the use of the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments, and (5) clarify the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to AFS securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments – Overall – Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities, an amendment to ASU 2016‑01. The amendments clarify certain aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2016‑01. The Company adopted these ASUs on January 1, 2019. The Company evaluated the impact of ASU 2016‑01 and 2018‑03 and recorded $68,000, net of tax, as an adjustment to opening retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income in accordance with the modified retrospective method allowed by the ASU.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016‑02 requires companies that lease valuable assets to recognize on their balance sheets the assets and liabilities generated by contracts longer than a year. In September 2019, the FASB approved a delay for the implementation of the ASU. Accordingly, the amendments in this update are effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021; however, early adoption is permitted. Under ASU 2016‑02, the Company will recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease obligation liability on the consolidated statement of financial condition, which will increase the Company’s assets and liabilities. The Company is evaluating other potential impacts of ASU 2016‑02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016‑13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), which requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date be based on historical experience, current condition, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. This guidance also amends the accounting for credit losses on AFS debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. In October 2019, the FASB approved a delay for the implementation of the ASU. Accordingly, as an EGC, the Company’s effective date for the implementation of the ASU will be January 1, 2023. Management has established a committee to evaluate the impact of ASU 2016‑13 on the Company’s financial statements. The Company expects to recognize a one-time cumulative adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the reporting period in which the ASU takes effect but cannot yet determine the magnitude of the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017‑04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the second step in the goodwill impairment test which requires an entity to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Instead, an entity should recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, with the impairment loss not to exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. Management expects that ASU 2017‑04 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017‑08, Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities, which shortens the amortization period for the premium on certain purchased callable debt securities to the earliest call date. Today, entities generally amortize the premium over the contractual life of the security. The new guidance does not

83

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

change the accounting for purchased callable debt securities held at a discount as discounts continue to be amortized to maturity. ASU No. 2017‑08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. At December 31, 2019, the Company did not own any purchased callable debt securities. Management expects that ASU 2017-07 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

On February 14, 2018, the FASB issued final guidance in the form of ASU 2018‑02, which permits — but does not require — companies to reclassify stranded tax effects caused by the 2017 tax reform from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. Additionally, the ASU requires new disclosures by all companies, whether they opt to do the reclassification or not. ASU 2018-02 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and the Company opted not to make the reclassification under ASU 2018-02.

NOTE 4 — INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and gross unrecognized gains and losses (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

Unrealized/

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrecognized

 

Unrecognized

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

    

Cost

    

Gains

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

Debt securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

175,902

 

$

1,478

 

$

(117)

 

$

177,263

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

32,284

 

 

206

 

 

(18)

 

 

32,472

U.S. Government agency securities

 

 

25,000

 

 

207

 

 

 —

 

 

25,207

      Total securities available for sale

 

$

233,186

 

$

1,891

 

$

(135)

 

$

234,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

 

3,722

 

 

 9

 

 

(19)

 

 

3,712

      Total securities held to maturity

 

$

3,722

 

$

 9

 

$

(19)

 

$

3,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CRA Mutual Fund

 

 

2,258

 

 

 —

 

 

(34)

 

 

2,224

      Total equity investment securities

 

$

2,258

 

$

 —

 

$

(34)

 

$

2,224

 

84

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

Unrealized/

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrecognized

 

Unrecognized

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

    

Cost

    

Gains

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

Debt securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

24,093

 

$

 3

 

$

(583)

 

$

23,513

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

5,874

 

 

 —

 

 

(25)

 

 

5,849

Municipal bond

 

 

1,074

 

 

 3

 

 

 —

 

 

1,077

      Total securities available for sale

 

$

31,041

 

$

 6

 

$

(608)

 

$

30,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

 

4,546

 

 

 —

 

 

(168)

 

 

4,378

Foreign government securities

 

 

25

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

25

      Total securities held to maturity

 

$

4,571

 

$

 —

 

$

(168)

 

$

4,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CRA Mutual Fund

 

$

2,208

 

 

 —

 

 

(98)

 

 

2,110

      Total equity investment securities

 

$

2,208

 

$

 —

 

$

(98)

 

$

2,110

 

The proceeds from calls of securities during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. There were no gains or losses on the call of securities during the year ended December 31, 2019. Loss on calls of securities during the year ended December 31, 2018 were $37,000.

The following table summarizes, by contractual maturity, amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2019 and 2018. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The table does not include the effect of principal repayments. Equity securities, primarily investment in mutual funds, have been excluded from the table. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity

 

Available-for-Sale

At December 31, 2019

    

Amortized Cost

    

Fair Value

    

Amortized Cost

    

Fair Value

Within one year

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

One to five years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Five to ten years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

25,000

 

 

25,207

Due after ten years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

25,000

 

$

25,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

3,722

 

$

3,712

 

$

175,902

 

$

177,263

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

32,284

 

$

32,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Securities

 

$

3,722

 

$

3,712

 

$

233,186

 

$

234,942

 

85

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity

 

Available-for-Sale

At December 31, 2018

    

Amortized Cost

    

Fair Value

    

Amortized Cost

    

Fair Value

Within one year

 

$

25

 

$

25

 

$

257

 

$

258

One to five years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Five to ten years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Due after ten years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

817

 

 

819

Total

 

$

25

 

$

25

 

$

1,074

 

$

1,077

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

4,546

 

$

4,378

 

$

24,093

 

$

23,513

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,874

 

$

5,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Securities

 

$

4,571

 

$

4,403

 

$

31,041

 

$

30,439

 

There were $126.2 million of AFS securities pledged as collateral for certain deposits at December 31, 2019. There were no securities pledged at December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, all of the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations held by the Bank were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies.

Securities with unrealized losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

 

Estimated

 

Unrecognized

 

Estimated

 

Unrecognized

 

Estimated

 

Unrecognized

At December 31, 2019

    

Fair Value

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

    

Losses

Debt securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

22,850

 

$

(52)

 

$

6,728

 

$

(65)

 

$

29,578

 

$

(117)

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

9,911

 

 

(18)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

9,911

 

 

(18)

Total securities available for sale

 

$

32,761

 

$

(70)

 

$

6,728

 

$

(65)

 

$

39,489

 

$

(135)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,470

 

$

(19)

 

$

1,470

 

$

(19)

      Total securities held to maturity

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,470

 

$

(19)

 

$

1,470

 

$

(19)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRA Mutual Fund

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,224

 

$

(34)

 

$

2,224

 

$

(34)

      Total equity investment securities

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,224

 

$

(34)

 

$

2,224

 

$

(34)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

 

 

 

Unrealized/

 

 

Estimated

 

Unrecognized

 

Estimated

 

Unrecognized

 

Estimated

 

Unrecognized

At December 31, 2018

    

Fair Value

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

    

Losses

Debt securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

10,374

 

$

(73)

 

$

9,890

 

$

(510)

 

$

20,264

 

$

(583)

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,849

 

 

(25)

 

 

5,849

 

 

(25)

Total securities available for sale

 

$

10,374

 

$

(73)

 

$

15,739

 

$

(535)

 

$

26,113

 

$

(608)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

4,378

 

$

(168)

 

$

4,378

 

$

(168)

      Total securities held to maturity

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

4,378

 

$

(168)

 

$

4,378

 

$

(168)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRA Mutual Fund

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,110

 

$

(98)

 

$

2,110

 

$

(98)

      Total equity investment securities

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,110

 

$

(98)

 

$

2,110

 

$

(98)

 

The unrealized losses of securities are primarily due to the changes in market interest rates subsequent to purchase. The Bank does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019 and 2018 since the decline in market value was attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. In addition, the Bank does not intend to sell and does not believe that it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell these investments until there is a full recovery of the unrealized loss, which may be at maturity. As a result, no impairment loss was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

87

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 5  — LOANS

Net loans consist of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,668,236

 

$

949,778

Construction

 

 

30,827

 

 

42,540

Multi-family

 

 

375,611

 

 

307,126

One-to-four family

 

 

82,670

 

 

79,423

Total real estate loans

 

 

2,157,344

 

 

1,378,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

448,619

 

 

381,692

Consumer

 

 

71,956

 

 

106,790

Total loans

 

 

2,677,919

 

 

1,867,349

Deferred fees

 

 

(4,970)

 

 

(2,133)

Loans, net of deferred fees and unamortized costs

 

 

2,672,949

 

 

1,865,216

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(26,272)

 

 

(18,942)

Balance at the end of the period

 

$

2,646,677

 

$

1,846,274

The following tables represent the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, by portfolio segment. The portfolio segments represent the categories that the Bank uses to determine its allowance for loan losses (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

    

Real Estate

    

& Industrial

    

Construction

    

Multi-family

    

Family

    

Consumer

    

Total

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

9,037

 

$

6,257

 

$

625

 

$

2,047

 

$

228

 

$

748

 

$

18,942

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

6,280

 

 

(2,678)

 

 

(214)

 

 

406

 

 

39

 

 

390

 

 

4,223

Loans charged-off

 

 

 —

 

 

(798)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(389)

 

 

(1,187)

Recoveries

 

 

 —

 

 

4,289

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 5

 

 

4,294

Total ending allowance balance

 

$

15,317

 

$

7,070

 

$

411

 

$

2,453

 

$

267

 

$

754

 

$

26,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

    

Real Estate

    

& Industrial

    

Construction

    

Multi-family

    

Family

    

Consumer

    

Total

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

7,136

 

$

5,578

 

$

519

 

$

1,156

 

$

138

 

$

360

 

$

14,887

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

1,978

 

 

(717)

 

 

106

 

 

891

 

 

90

 

 

790

 

 

3,138

Loans charged-off

 

 

(77)

 

 

(304)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(402)

 

 

(783)

Recoveries

 

 

 —

 

 

1,700

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,700

Total ending allowance balance

 

$

9,037

 

$

6,257

 

$

625

 

$

2,047

 

$

228

 

$

748

 

$

18,942

 

Total charge offs were $1.2 million and $783,000 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $4.2 million, as compared to $3.1 million for year ended December 31, 2018. The required provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 was reduced due to $4.3 million of recoveries related primarily to the recovery of medallion loans previously charged off in 2017 and 2016.

88

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment based on impairment method as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

    

Real Estate

    

& Industrial

    

Construction

    

Multi-family

    

Family

    

Consumer

    

Total

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 —

 

$

805

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

64

 

$

311

 

$

1,180

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

15,317

 

 

6,265

 

 

411

 

 

2,453

 

 

203

 

 

443

 

 

25,092

Total ending allowance balance

 

$

15,317

 

$

7,070

 

$

411

 

$

2,453

 

$

267

 

$

754

 

$

26,272

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

367

 

$

1,047

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

3,384

 

$

728

 

$

5,526

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,667,869

 

 

447,572

 

 

30,827

 

 

375,611

 

 

79,286

 

 

71,228

 

 

2,672,393

Total ending loan balance

 

$

1,668,236

 

$

448,619

 

$

30,827

 

$

375,611

 

$

82,670

 

$

71,956

 

$

2,677,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

    

Real Estate

    

& Industrial

    

Construction

    

Multi-family

    

Family

    

Consumer

    

Total

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

44

 

$

44

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

9,037

 

 

6,257

 

 

625

 

 

2,047

 

 

228

 

 

704

 

 

18,898

Total ending allowance balance

 

$

9,037

 

$

6,257

 

$

625

 

$

2,047

 

$

228

 

$

748

 

$

18,942

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

383

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,078

 

$

89

 

$

1,550

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

949,395

 

 

381,692

 

 

42,540

 

 

307,126

 

 

78,345

 

 

106,701

 

 

1,865,799

Total ending loan balance

 

$

949,778

 

$

381,692

 

$

42,540

 

$

307,126

 

$

79,423

 

$

106,790

 

$

1,867,349

 

89

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

The following tables present information related to loans determined to be impaired by class of loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Principal

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan

 

Average Recorded

 

Interest Income

At December 31, 2019

    

Balance

    

Recorded Investment

    

Losses Allocated

 

Investment

    

Recognized

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

$

633

 

$

503

 

$

64

 

$

411

 

$

19

Consumer

 

 

731

 

 

728

 

 

311

 

 

311

 

 

13

C&I

 

 

1,047

 

 

1,047

 

 

805

 

 

419

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

2,411

 

$

2,278

 

$

1,180

 

$

1,141

 

$

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

 

3,028

 

$

2,881

 

$

 —

 

$

2,063

 

$

124

Commercial real estate

 

 

367

 

 

367

 

 

 —

 

 

375

 

 

15

Total

 

$

3,395

 

$

3,248

 

$

 —

 

$

2,438

 

$

139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Principal

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan

 

Average Recorded

 

Interest Income

At December 31, 2018

    

Balance

    

Recorded Investment

    

Losses Allocated

 

Investment

    

Recognized

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

111

 

 

 —

Consumer

 

 

105

 

 

89

 

 

44

 

 

157

 

 

 7

Total

 

$

105

 

$

89

 

$

44

 

$

268

 

$

 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

 

1,355

 

 

1,078

 

 

 —

 

 

1,477

 

 

59

Commercial real estate

 

 

385

 

 

383

 

 

 —

 

 

1,471

 

 

87

Total

 

$

1,740

 

$

1,461

 

$

 —

 

$

2,948

 

$

146

 

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees. Interest income was recognized on a cash basis for impaired loans.

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019 had non-accrual loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $144,000. The Bank recognized $94,000 of interest income for these loans for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2018, had non-accrual loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to $14,000. The Bank recognized $12,000 of interest income for these loans for the year ended December 31, 2018.

For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and TDRs. Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based on recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required.

90

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

The following tables present the recorded investment in non-accrual loans, loans past due over 90 days and still accruing by class of loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

    

Nonaccrual

 

Loans Past Due Over 90 Days Still Accruing

Commercial & industrial

 

 

1,047

 

 

408

One-to-four family

 

 

2,345

 

 

 —

Consumer

 

 

693

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

4,085

 

$

408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Loans Past Due Over 90 Days Still Accruing

Commercial & industrial

 

 

 —

 

 

239

Consumer

 

 

50

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

50

 

$

239

 

All TDRs at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were performing in accordance with their structured terms.

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

60-89

 

than 90

 

Total past

 

Current

 

 

At December 31, 2019

    

Days

    

Days

    

days

    

due

    

loans

    

Total

Commercial real estate

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,668,236

 

$

1,668,236

Commercial & industrial

 

 

346

 

 

 —

 

 

1,455

 

 

1,801

 

 

446,818

 

 

448,619

Construction

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

30,827

 

 

30,827

Multi-family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

375,611

 

 

375,611

One-to-four family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

82,670

 

 

82,670

Consumer

 

 

636

 

 

14

 

 

693

 

 

1,343

 

 

70,613

 

 

71,956

Total

 

$

982

 

$

14

 

$

2,148

 

$

3,144

 

$

2,674,775

 

$

2,677,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

60-89

 

than 90

 

Total past

 

Current

 

 

At December 31, 2018

    

Days

    

Days

    

days

    

due

    

loans

    

Total

Commercial real estate

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

949,778

 

$

949,778

Commercial & industrial

 

 

1,670

 

 

95

 

 

239

 

 

2,004

 

 

379,688

 

 

381,692

Construction

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

42,540

 

 

42,540

Multi-family

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

307,126

 

 

307,126

One-to-four family

 

 

870

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

870

 

 

78,553

 

 

79,423

Consumer

 

 

119

 

 

43

 

 

50

 

 

212

 

 

106,578

 

 

106,790

Total

 

$

2,659

 

$

138

 

$

289

 

$

3,086

 

$

1,864,263

 

$

1,867,349

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered TDRs and are classified as impaired. Included in impaired loans at

91

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

December 31, 2019 and 2018 were loans modified as TDRs with a recorded investment of $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The Company had allocated $81,000 and $19,000 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified as TDRs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company has not committed to lend additional amounts as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as TDRs.

The following tables present the recorded investment in TDRs by class of loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

Commercial real estate

 

$

367

One-to-four family

 

 

1,039

Consumer

 

 

35

Total

 

$

1,441

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

Commercial real estate

 

$

383

One-to-four family

 

 

1,078

Consumer

 

 

39

Total

 

$

1,500

 

There were no loans modified as a TDR during the year ended December 31, 2019. TDRs include loans with one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate and/or an extension of the maturity date were for a period of three to five years.

In 2019 and 2018 there were no TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Bank’s internal underwriting policy.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Bank categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. Except for one-to-four family loans and consumer loans, the Bank analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk at least annually. For one-to-four family loans and consumer loans, the Bank evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented. An analysis is performed on a quarterly basis for loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful. The Bank uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention — Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard — Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or

92

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful — Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass-rated loans. Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

    

Pass

    

Mention

    

Substandard

    

Doubtful

 

 

Total

Commercial real estate

 

$

1,667,869

 

$

367

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,668,236

Commercial & industrial

 

 

446,612

 

 

 —

 

 

960

 

 

1,047

 

 

448,619

Construction

 

 

30,827

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

30,827

Multi-family

 

 

375,611

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

375,611

Total

 

$

2,520,919

 

$

367

 

$

960

 

$

1,047

 

$

2,523,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

    

Pass

    

Mention

    

Substandard

    

Doubtful

 

 

Total

Commercial real estate

 

$

949,395

 

$

383

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

949,778

Commercial & industrial

 

 

381,692

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

381,692

Construction

 

 

41,044

 

 

1,496

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

42,540

Multi-family

 

 

307,126

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

307,126

Total

 

$

1,679,257

 

$

1,879

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,681,136

 

NOTE 6 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Furniture and Equipment (useful life of 3 to 7 years)

 

$

9,961

 

$

8,773

Furniture and Equipment in Process

 

 

2,175

 

 

 —

Leasehold Improvements (useful life of 3 to 10 years)

 

 

11,092

 

 

11,387

Leasehold Improvements in Process

 

 

3,768

 

 

 —

Total Premises and Equipment

 

 

26,996

 

 

20,160

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(14,896)

 

 

(13,283)

Total Premises and Equipment, net

 

$

12,100

 

$

6,877

 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $1.6 million and $1.4 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

93

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 7 — DEPOSITS

Deposits consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Noninterest bearing demand accounts

 

$

1,090,479

 

$

798,563

Money market

 

 

1,573,716

 

 

745,040

Savings accounts

 

 

16,204

 

 

19,950

Time Deposits:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Time deposits under $100,000

 

 

5,483

 

 

7,045

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

 

104,892

 

 

89,956

Total deposits

 

$

2,790,774

 

$

1,660,554

 

Time deposits greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $61.4 million and $64.6 million, respectively.

The following are scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

 

 

2019

2020

    

$

91,884

2021

 

 

14,265

2022

 

 

859

2023

 

 

448

2024

 

 

2,919

Total time deposits

 

$

110,375

 

NOTE 8 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Maturing in 2020, fixed rate at rates from 1.86% to 2.09%, weighted averaging 2.02%

 

$

144,000

 

$

 —

Maturing in 2019, fixed rate at rates from 2.47% to 2.73%, weighted averaging 2.64%

 

 

 —

 

 

185,000

Total

 

$

144,000

 

$

185,000

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances. The advances are collateralized by mortgage loans under a blanket lien agreement in the amount of approximately $437.8 million and $249.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow an additional total of approximately $293.8 million as of December 31, 2019.

94

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

FHLB advances that mature over the next five years and thereafter as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Principal

2020

 

$

144,000

2021

 

 

 —

2022

 

 

 —

2023

 

 

 —

2024

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

144,000

 

Trust Preferred Securities Payable:   On December 7, 2005, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust I”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust I in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust I issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust I’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of $10 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) issued by the Company. The Debentures, the sole assets of Trust I, mature on December 9, 2035 and bear interest then at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.85%. The Debentures are callable. The interest rates were 3.84% and 4.66% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

On July 14, 2006, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust II”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust II in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust II issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust II’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of $10 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures II”) issued by the Company. The Debentures II, the sole assets of Trust II, mature on October 7, 2036, and bear interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. The Debentures II are callable. The interest rates were 3.99% and 4.81% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of these trusts; therefore, the trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. Interest on the subordinated debentures may be deferred by the Company at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly payments (5 years), provided there is no event of default. At the end of the deferral period, the Company must pay accrued interest, at which point it may elect a new deferral period provided that no deferral may extend beyond maturity.

The investments in the common capital securities of Trust I and Trust II are included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The subordinated debentures may be included in Tier 1 capital (with certain applicable limitations) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

The terms of these trust preferred securities may be impacted by the transition from LIBOR to an alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rate, potentially SOFR, in 2022. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the transition on the trust preferred securities payable.

Subordinated Debt:   On March 8, 2017, the Company issued $25 million of subordinated notes to accredited institutional investors. The notes mature on March 15, 2027 and bear an interest rate of 6.25% per annum. The interest is paid semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year through March 15, 2022 and quarterly thereafter on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

In accordance with the terms of the subordinate notes, the interest rate from March 15, 2022 to the maturity date shall reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to the current three month LIBOR (not less than zero) plus 426

95

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

basis points, payable quarterly in arrears. These terms may be impacted by the transition from LIBOR to an alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rate, potentially SOFR, in 2022. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the transition on the Company’s subordinate notes payable.

The Company may redeem the subordinated notes beginning with the interest payment date of March 15, 2022 and on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter. The subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

(in thousands)

    

2019

    

2018

Current

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

$

9,222

 

$

7,990

State and local

 

 

6,570

 

 

4,762

Total current

 

 

15,792

 

 

12,752

Deferred

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

 

(845)

 

 

(896)

State and local

 

 

(1,020)

 

 

(635)

Total deferred

 

 

(1,865)

 

 

(1,531)

Total income tax expense

 

$

13,927

 

$

11,221

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

8,303

 

$

5,893

Interest on nonaccrual loans

 

 

24

 

 

28

Off balance sheet reserves

 

 

57

 

 

127

Restricted stock

 

 

188

 

 

167

Tangible asset

 

 

17

 

 

20

Non-qualified stock options

 

 

294

 

 

290

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

172

Other

 

 

51

 

 

 —

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

8,934

 

 

6,697

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

781

 

 

392

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

 

604

 

 

 —

Pass-through income

 

 

69

 

 

255

Prepaid assets

 

 

341

 

 

 —

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,795

 

 

647

Net deferred tax asset, included in other assets

 

$

7,139

 

$

6,050

 

96

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to its effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

 

Tax expense/

 

 

 

Tax expense/

 

 

 

 

    

(benefit)

    

Rate

    

(benefit)

    

Rate

    

Pretax income at statutory rates

 

$

9,253

 

21.00

%  

$

7,723

 

21.00

%

State and local taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

 

4,385

 

9.95

 

 

3,260

 

8.87

 

Nondeductible expenses

 

 

430

 

0.97

 

 

327

 

0.89

 

Excess tax deduction on equity awards

 

 

(132)

 

(0.30)

 

 

(83)

 

(0.23)

 

Tax-exempt income, net

 

 

(2)

 

(0.00)

 

 

(6)

 

(0.02)

 

Other

 

 

(7)

 

(0.01)

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Effective income tax expense/rate

 

$

13,927

 

31.61

%  

$

11,221

 

30.51

%

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and the Bank filed consolidated Federal, New York State and New York City tax returns in 2019 and 2018.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there are no unrecognized tax benefits, and the Company does not expect this to significantly change in the next twelve months.

The Company and its subsidiary are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the State and City of New York. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the U.S. federal and state or local tax authorities for years prior to 2016.

 NOTE 10 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2019 and 2018 were $566,000 and $1.9 million, respectively.

A promissory note of $780,000 was made to an executive officer of the Bank during 2016. The note has a fixed interest rate of 2.125% per annum (determined by reference to the 5-year LIBOR rate in effect on the note date, plus 100 basis points) and interest is payable on the last day of each calendar quarter. The note has a balloon payment term and the due date is August 15, 2021, with no prepayment penalty. The outstanding balance of the subject loan was $780,000 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

97

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 11 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain branch properties under operating leases. Approximate future minimum rental payments required under all non-cancellable operating leases, before considering renewal options that generally are present, were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31, 

    

 

 

2020

 

$

4,403

2021

 

 

3,811

2022

 

 

3,741

2023

 

 

3,412

2024

 

 

3,370

Thereafter (and through 2035)

 

 

26,578

 

 

$

45,315

 

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $3.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

NOTE 12 — FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1:   Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:   Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:   Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

Assets measured on a recurring basis are limited to the Bank’s AFS portfolio and equity investments. The AFS portfolio is carried at estimated fair value with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in shareholders’ equity. Equity investments are carried at estimated fair value with changes in fair value reported as unrealized gain/(loss) on the statement of operations. The fair values for substantially all of these securities are obtained monthly from an independent nationally recognized pricing service. On a quarterly basis, the Bank assesses the reasonableness of the fair values obtained by reference to a second independent nationally recognized pricing service. Based on the nature of these securities, the Bank’s independent pricing service provides prices which are categorized as Level 2 since quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are generally not available for the majority of securities in the Bank’s portfolio. Various modeling techniques are used to determine pricing for the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities, including option pricing and discounted cash flow models. The inputs to these models include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data. On an annual basis, the Bank obtains the models, inputs and assumptions utilized by its pricing service and reviews them for reasonableness.

98

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement using:

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

Carrying

 

For Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

    

Amount

    

Assets (Level 1)

    

Inputs (Level 2)

    

Inputs (Level 3)

At December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

177,263

 

$

 —

 

$

177,263

 

$

 —

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

32,472

 

 

 —

 

 

32,472

 

 

 —

U.S. Government agency securities

 

 

25,207

 

 

 —

 

 

25,207

 

 

 —

CRA Mutual Fund

 

 

2,224

 

 

2,224

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement using:

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

Carrying

 

For Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

    

Amount

    

Assets (Level 1)

    

Inputs (Level 2)

    

Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage securities

 

$

23,513

 

$

 -

 

$

23,513

 

$

 -

Commercial mortgage securities

 

 

5,849

 

 

 -

 

 

5,849

 

 

 -

Municipal bond

 

 

1,077

 

 

 -

 

 

1,077

 

 

 -

CRA Mutual Fund

 

 

2,110

 

 

2,110

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2019 or 2018.

 

Loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis amounted to $242,000 at December 31, 2019. There were no material assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2018.

 

The Bank has engaged an independent pricing service provider to provide the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost. This provider follows FASB’s exit pricing guidelines, as required by

ASU 2016-01, when calculating the fair market value.

 

99

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

For Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Total Fair

At December 31, 2019

    

Amount

    

Assets (Level 1)

    

Inputs (Level 2)

    

Inputs (Level 3)

    

Value

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

10,176

 

$

10,176

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

10,176

Overnight deposits

 

 

381,045

 

 

381,045

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

381,045

Securities available for sale

 

 

234,942

 

 

 —

 

 

234,942

 

 

 —

 

 

234,942

Securities held to maturity

 

 

3,722

 

 

 —

 

 

3,712

 

 

 —

 

 

3,712

Equity investments

 

 

2,224

 

 

2,224

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,224

Loans, net

 

 

2,646,677

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,609,233

 

 

2,609,233

Other investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRB Stock

 

 

7,317

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

FHLB Stock

 

 

8,122

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

SBA Loan Fund

 

 

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

Disability Fund

 

 

500

 

 

 —

 

 

500

 

 

 —

 

 

500

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

8,862

 

 

 —

 

 

544

 

 

8,318

 

 

8,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

1,090,479

 

$

1,090,479

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,090,479

Money market and savings deposits

 

 

1,589,920

 

 

1,589,920

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,589,920

Time deposits

 

 

110,375

 

 

 —

 

 

110,800

 

 

 —

 

 

110,800

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances

 

 

144,000

 

 

 —

 

 

144,229

 

 

 —

 

 

144,229

Trust preferred securities payable

 

 

20,620

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

20,011

 

 

20,011

Subordinated debt, net of issuance cost

 

 

24,601

 

 

 —

 

 

25,375

 

 

 —

 

 

25,375

Accrued interest payable

 

 

1,229

 

 

14

 

 

1,009

 

 

206

 

 

1,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

For Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Total Fair

At December 31, 2018

    

Amount

    

Assets (Level 1)

    

Inputs (Level 2)

    

Inputs (Level 3)

    

Value

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

9,246

 

$

9,246

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,246

Overnight deposits

 

 

223,704

 

 

223,704

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

223,704

Securities available for sale

 

 

30,439

 

 

 —

 

 

30,439

 

 

 —

 

 

30,439

Securities held to maturity

 

 

4,571

 

 

 —

 

 

4,403

 

 

 —

 

 

4,403

Equity investments

 

 

2,110

 

 

2,110

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,110

Loans, net

 

 

1,846,274

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,796,462

 

 

1,796,462

Other investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRB Stock

 

 

7,250

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

FHLB Stock

 

 

9,537

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

SBA Loan Fund

 

 

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

Certificates of deposit

 

 

500

 

 

 —

 

 

500

 

 

 —

 

 

500

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

5,507

 

 

 —

 

 

127

 

 

5,380

 

 

5,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

798,563

 

$

798,563

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

798,563

Money market and savings deposits

 

 

764,990

 

 

764,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

764,990

Time deposits

 

 

97,001

 

 

 —

 

 

96,859

 

 

 —

 

 

96,859

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances

 

 

185,000

 

 

 —

 

 

184,999

 

 

 —

 

 

184,999

Trust preferred securities payable

 

 

20,620

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

19,821

 

 

19,821

Subordinated debt, net of issuance cost

 

 

24,545

 

 

 —

 

 

25,125

 

 

 —

 

 

25,125

Accrued interest payable

 

 

1,282

 

 

13

 

 

1,044

 

 

225

 

 

1,282

 

100

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 13 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Series F, Class B preferred stock is nonvoting and with a par value of $0.01 per share. The stock is subordinate and junior to all indebtedness of the Company and to all other series of preferred stock of the Company. The holders of the stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends as provided herein only if and when dividends are concurrently declared and payable on the shares of common shares.

 

NOTE 14 — STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

Equity Incentive Plan

On May 28, 2019, the Company's 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 EIP”) was approved by stockholders of the Company. Under the 2019 EIP, the maximum number of shares of stock that may be delivered to participants in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options, including incentive stock options (“ISO”) and non-qualified stock options, is 340,000, plus any awards that are forfeited under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”).  Under the 2009 Plan, there are 468,382 shares that are subject to outstanding and/or unexercised awards that have been granted and, if forfeited after May 28, 2019, such shares will be available to be granted under the 2019 EIP.  The 2009 Plan expired on May 18, 2019 and, accordingly, the 628,719 shares that were unissued under the 2009 Plan have expired and may not be granted (and such shares of stock did not roll over to the 2019 EIP). 

At December 31, 2019, there were 341,562 shares issuable under the 2019 EIP. At December 31, 2018, there were 735,142 shares issuable under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Options

Under the terms of the 2019 EIP, a stock option agreement cannot have an exercise price that is less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares covered by the stock option on the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to a 10% stockholder, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares covered by the stock option on the date of grant.  In no event shall the exercise period exceed ten years from the date of grant of the option, except, in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% stockholder, the exercise period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant. The 2019 EIP uses a double trigger change in control feature, providing for an acceleration of vesting upon an involuntary termination of employment simultaneous with or following a change in control.

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model. Expected volatilities based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock are not significant. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

There was no compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 as all stock options were vested.

101

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and the changes during the year is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

Weighted 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Number of

 

Exercise

 

    

Options 

    

Price 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

231,000

 

$

18.00

Granted

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

Cancelled/forfeited

 

 —

 

 

 —

Outstanding, end of year

 

231,000

 

$

18.00

Options vested and exercisable at year-end

 

231,000

 

$

18.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

  

 

$

6,983,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

 

  

 

 

4.38

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

Range of Average

 

Number Outstanding at

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Weighted average

Exercise Prices

    

December 31, 2019

    

Remaining Contractual Life

    

 

Exercise Price

    

 

intrinsic value

$10 – 20

 

231,000

 

4.38

 

$

18.00

 

$

30.23

$21 – 30

 

 —

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

$10 – 30

 

231,000

 

4.38

 

$

18.00

 

$

30.23

 

There were no stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 30,000 stock options were exercised, which had an intrinsic value of $227,910. Cash received from these exercises was $360,000.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company issued restricted stock awards to certain key personnel under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (2009 EIP). Each restricted stock award vests based on vesting scheduled outlined in the award agreement. Restricted stock awards are subject to forfeiture if the holder is not employed by the Company on the vesting date.

Total compensation cost that has been charged against income for restricted stock awards was $1.2 million and $445,156 for years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there was $1.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years.

In addition, on January 1, 2019, 38,900 restricted shares in the aggregate were granted to members of the Board of Directors in lieu of retainer fees for three years of service. These shares vest one-third each year for three years beginning on January 1, 2019. Total expense for these awards was $400,000 for December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, there was $800,000 of unrecognized expense related to Directors’ fees. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. During 2018, 8,987 shares were issued to Directors in lieu of retainer fees. Total expense for the 2018 Directors’ grants was $440,000. In addition, 10,000 shares in the aggregate were issued to Directors, which vested quarterly in 2019. Total expenses for these grants amounted to $351,500 in 2019.

102

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

    

Number of Shares

    

Grant Date Fair Value

 

Number of Shares

    

Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, beginning of period

 

53,957

 

$

21.46

 

76,104

 

$

20.61

Granted

 

106,423

 

 

35.36

 

8,987

 

 

48.99

Forfeited

 

(1,561)

 

 

32.71

 

 —

 

 

 —

Vested

 

(53,981)

 

 

32.22

 

(31,134)

 

 

27.33

Outstanding at end of period

 

104,838

 

$

29.86

 

53,957

 

$

21.46

 

The total fair value of shares vested is $2.4 million and $1.3 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Performance Based Stock Awards

During 2018, the Company established a performance-based long term incentive award program under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. During 2018, 90,000 PRSUs were awarded under the program. PRSUs are eligible to be earned over a three-year performance period based on the Company’s relative performance on certain measurement goals that were established at the onset of the performance period. These awards were accounted for in accordance with guidance prescribed in ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. These units will be granted at the end of the three year performance period, provided the performance criteria have been met. The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s non-vested PRSU awards for year ended December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands, except share information):

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

    

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

Weighted average service inception date fair value of award shares

 

$

4,064,295

Minimum aggregate share payout

 

 

12,000

Maximum aggregate share payout

 

 

90,000

Likely aggregate share payout

 

 

90,000

Compensation expense recognized

 

$

1,430,011

 

 

Total compensation cost that has been charged against income for this plan for the years ended December 31, 2019  and December 31, 2018 was $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

NOTE 15 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) plan for eligible employees. The contribution for any participant may not exceed the maximum amount allowable by law. Each year, the Company may elect to match a percentage of participant contributions. The Company may also elect each year to make additional discretionary contributions to the plan. The total contributions were $499,000 and $405,000 the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

103

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 16 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

The Bank had outstanding the following off-balance-sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

 

At December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

 

 

Variable

 

    

Fixed Rate

    

Rate

    

Fixed Rate

    

Rate

Undrawn lines of credit

 

$

17,204

 

$

193,767

 

$

7,737

 

$

130,547

Letters of credit

 

 

47,743

 

 

 —

 

 

34,351

 

 

 —

 

 

$

64,947

 

$

193,767

 

$

42,088

 

$

130,547

 

A commitment to extend credit is a legally binding agreement to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally expire within 2 years. At both December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Bank’s fixed rate loan commitments are to make loans with interest rates ranging from 3.0% to 5.6% and maturities of one year or more. The amount of collateral obtained, if any, by the Bank upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include mortgages on commercial and residential real estate, security interests in business assets, equipment, deposit accounts with the Bank or other financial institutions and securities.

The Bank has letters of credit in the amount of $47.7 million and $34.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for which the Bank has received collateral in the form of accounts of $29.8 million and $23.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

NOTE 17 — REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company and the Bank met all applicable regulatory capital requirements to be considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. The Company and Bank manage their capital to comply with their internal planning targets and regulatory capital standards administered by federal banking agencies. The Company and Bank review capital levels on a monthly basis.

The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the requirements being fully phased in on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer was 2.50% at December 31, 2019 and 1.88% at December 31, 2018. The capital conservation buffer requirement was being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing by 0.625% each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or loss on AFS securities is not included in the computation of the regulatory capital. The Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements, to which they are subject, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

104

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies.

The following is a summary of actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, for the Company and the Bank compared to the requirements for minimum capital adequacy and classification as well capitalized. Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below at year end (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital Adequacy

 

under Prompt Corrective

 

 

Actual

 

Purposes

 

Action Regulations

 

 

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

    

At December 31, 2019

 

  

    

  

    

 

  

  

  

    

 

  

  

  

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

350,403

 

12.5

%  

$

223,973

8.0

%  

$

N/A

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

356,353

 

12.7

%  

$

223,858

8.0

%  

$

279,823

10.0%

%

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

282,646

 

10.1

%  

$

125,985

4.5

%  

$

N/A

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

329,905

 

11.8

%  

$

125,920

4.5

%  

$

181,885

6.5%

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

308,769

 

11.0

%  

$

167,980

6.0

%  

$

N/A

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

329,905

 

11.8

%  

$

167,894

6.0

%  

$

223,858

8.0%

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

308,769

 

9.4

%  

$

131,087

4.0

%  

$

N/A

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

329,905

 

10.1

%  

$

131,000

4.0

%  

$

163,750

5.0%

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

319,053

 

16.9

%  

$

151,053

8.0

%  

 

N/A

 

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

314,226

 

16.7

%  

$

150,900

8.0

%  

$

188,625

10.0

%  

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

249,655

 

13.2

%  

$

84,968

4.5

%  

 

N/A

 

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

294,880

 

15.6

%  

$

84,881

4.5

%  

$

122,606

6.5

%  

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

275,158

 

14.6

%  

$

113,290

6.0

%  

 

N/A

 

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

294,880

 

15.6

%  

$

113,175

6.0

%  

$

150,900

8.0

%  

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

$

275,158

 

13.7

%  

$

80,244

4.0

%  

 

N/A

 

N/A

%  

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

$

294,880

 

14.7

%  

$

80,050

4.0

%  

$

100,063

5.0

%  

 

As a result of the recently enacted Economic Growth Act (the “Act”), banking regulatory agencies adopted a revised definition of “well capitalized” for financial institutions and holding companies with assets of less than $10 billion and that are not determined to be ineligible by their primary federal regulator due to their risk profile (a “Qualifying

105

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

Community Bank”). The new definition expanded the ways that a Qualifying Community Bank may meet its capital requirements and be deemed “well capitalized.” The new rule establishes a community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) equal to the tangible equity capital divided by the average total consolidated assets. Regulators have established the CBLR to be set at 9%, effective January 1, 2020.

 

A Qualifying Community Bank that maintains a leverage ratio greater than 9% is considered to be well capitalized and to have met generally applicable leverage capital requirements, generally applicable risk-based capital requirements, and any other capital or leverage requirements to which such financial institution or holding company is subject.

The Bank intends to continue to measure capital adequacy using the ratios in the table above.

 

 

NOTE 18 — EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The Company uses the two-class method in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two-class method, earnings available to common shareholders for the period are allocated between common shareholders and participating securities according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The factors used in the earnings per share calculation are as follows (in thousands, except per share data).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

30,134

 

$

25,554

Less:  Earnings allocated to participating securities

 

 

(448)

 

 

(168)

Net income available to common stockholders

 

$

29,686

 

$

25,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding including participating securities

 

 

8,297,478

 

 

8,200,705

Less:  Weighted average participating securities

 

 

(123,336)

 

 

(67,152)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

8,174,142

 

 

8,133,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

 

3.63

 

 

3.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common stockholders

 

$

29,686

 

$

25,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

 

 

8,174,142

 

 

8,133,553

Add:  Dilutive effects of assumed exercise of stock options

 

 

125,085

 

 

137,089

Add:  Dilutive effects of assumed vesting of performance based restricted stock

 

 

39,914

 

 

17,882

Average shares and dilutive potential common shares

 

 

8,339,141

 

 

8,288,524

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive earnings per common share

 

$

3.56

 

$

3.06

 

There were no stock options that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2019 and 2018 because their exercise price was lower than the market price.

 

 

106

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 19 — PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information for the Company (parent company only) is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

At December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Assets

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and due from banks

 

$

1,836

 

$

3,547

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

 

776

 

 

776

Investments

 

 

620

 

 

620

Investment in subsidiary bank, at equity

 

 

340,733

 

 

304,141

Other assets

 

 

1,106

 

 

1,380

Total assets

 

$

345,071

 

$

310,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

  

 

 

  

Trust preferred securities payable

 

 

20,620

 

 

20,620

Subordinated debt payable, net of issuance costs

 

 

24,601

 

 

24,545

Other liabilities

 

 

726

 

 

782

Total liabilities

 

 

45,947

 

 

45,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Preferred stock

 

 

 3

 

 

 3

Common stock

 

 

82

 

 

82

Surplus

 

 

216,468

 

 

213,490

Retained earnings

 

 

81,364

 

 

51,415

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

1,207

 

 

(473)

Total equity

 

 

299,124

 

 

264,517

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

345,071

 

$

310,464

 

107

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Income:

    

 

  

    

 

  

Loans

 

$

17

 

$

17

Securities and money market funds

 

 

27

 

 

 —

Total interest income

 

 

44

 

 

17

Interest expense:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Trust preferred securities payable

 

 

908

 

 

846

Subordinated debt interest expense

 

 

1,618

 

 

1,619

Total interest expense

 

 

2,526

 

 

2,465

Net interest expense

 

 

(2,482)

 

 

(2,448)

Provision for loan losses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

(2,482)

 

 

(2,448)

Other expense

 

 

3,865

 

 

1,275

Loss before undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank

 

 

(6,347)

 

 

(3,723)

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank

 

 

35,209

 

 

28,094

Income before income tax expense

 

 

28,862

 

 

24,371

Income tax benefit

 

 

1,272

 

 

1,183

Net income

 

$

30,134

 

$

25,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

31,746

 

$

25,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

 

2018

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net income

 

$

30,134

 

$

25,554

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank

 

 

(35,209)

 

 

(28,094)

Non-employee stock based compensation

 

 

400

 

 

440

Amortization of trust preferred issuance costs

 

 

56

 

 

56

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

2,667

 

 

1,711

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

 

274

 

 

(2,910)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

 

56

 

 

(167)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,622)

 

 

(3,410)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Investments in subsidiary bank

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net cash used in Investing activities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

 

 

 —

 

 

(33)

Redemption of common stock for tax withholdings for restricted stock vesting

 

 

(89)

 

 

(131)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

 —

 

 

360

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

(89)

 

 

196

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,711)

 

 

(3,214)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

3,547

 

 

6,761

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

1,836

 

$

3,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 20 — ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following table summarizes the changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) balances, net of tax effects at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Beginning balance

 

$

(473)

 

$

(206)

Cumulative effect of adopting new accounting standard ASU 2016-01, net of taxes

 

 

68

 

 

 —

Beginning balance, as adjusted

 

 

(405)

 

 

(206)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total unrealized gains/loss on securities available for sale, net of taxes

 

 

1,612

 

 

(293)

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 

26

Net current period other comprehensive loss

 

 

1,612

 

 

(267)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

1,207

 

$

(473)

 

The proceeds from calls of securities and associated losses during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. There was no gain or loss associated with the call

109

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

of securities in 2019. The following table shows the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the loss on the call of securities during the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

Affected line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations

Realized loss on call of available-for-sale securities

 

$

 —

 

$

(37)

 

Losses on call of securities

Income tax benefit

 

 

 —

 

 

11

 

Income tax expense

Total reclassifications, net of income tax

 

$

 —

 

$

(26)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 21 — UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data (dollars, except per share amounts, in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019 Quarter Ended

 

    

December 31

    

September 30

    

June 30

    

March 31

Interest income

 

$

36,466

 

$

35,496

 

$

30,828

 

$

26,990

Interest expense

 

 

8,424

 

 

9,443

 

 

7,891

 

 

6,412

Net interest income

 

 

28,042

 

 

26,053

 

 

22,937

 

 

20,578

Provision for loan losses

 

 

2,300

 

 

2,004

 

 

1,950

 

 

(2,031)

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

25,742

 

 

24,049

 

 

20,987

 

 

22,609

Non-interest income

 

 

2,862

 

 

2,700

 

 

2,674

 

 

2,393

Non-interest expense

 

 

17,042

 

 

15,495

 

 

14,724

 

 

12,694

Income before income taxes

 

 

11,562

 

 

11,254

 

 

8,937

 

 

12,308

Income tax expense

 

 

3,699

 

 

3,571

 

 

2,880

 

 

3,777

Net income

 

$

7,863

 

$

7,683

 

$

6,057

 

$

8,531

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.95

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.73

 

$

1.03

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.93

 

$

0.90

 

$

0.71

 

$

1.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018 Quarter Ended

 

    

December 31

    

September 30

    

June 30

    

March 31

Interest income

 

$

23,342

 

$

21,907

 

$

19,998

 

$

18,693

Interest expense

 

 

4,381

 

 

3,556

 

 

2,603

 

 

2,177

Net interest income

 

 

18,961

 

 

18,351

 

 

17,395

 

 

16,516

Provision for loan losses

 

 

844

 

 

(453)

 

 

1,270

 

 

1,477

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

18,117

 

 

18,804

 

 

16,125

 

 

15,039

Non-interest income

 

 

2,188

 

 

2,012

 

 

2,649

 

 

5,312

Non-interest expense

 

 

11,602

 

 

10,355

 

 

10,275

 

 

11,238

Income before income taxes

 

 

8,703

 

 

10,461

 

 

8,499

 

 

9,113

Income tax expense

 

 

2,418

 

 

3,348

 

 

2,634

 

 

2,822

Net income

 

$

6,285

 

$

7,113

 

$

5,865

 

$

6,291

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.87

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.77

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.75

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.70

 

$

0.75

 

 

 

 

110

Table of Contents

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Continued)

NOTE 22 – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

The Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as of January 1, 2019. All of the Company’s revenue from contracts with customers that are in the scope of the accounting guidance are recognized in non-interest income. The following table presents the Company’s sources of non-interest income, within the scope of the ASU, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018 (1)

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

3,556

 

$

4,248

Prepaid third-party debit card income

 

 

5,643

 

 

4,640

Other service charges and fees 

 

 

1,366

 

 

3,305

Total

 

$

10,565

 

$

12,193

(1)

The Company elected the modified retrospective approach of adoption; therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current year presentation.

A description of the Company’s revenue streams accounted for under the accounting guidance follows:

Debit card income: The Bank serves as a debit card issuer to and contracts with various program managers to issue debit cards to support various products including, but not limited to, healthcare marketing, general purpose reloadable cards, payroll cards, disbursement of government payments, payment of federal benefits and E-Wallet and push payments for sellers in online marketplaces. The Bank earns initial set-up fees for these programs as well as fees for transactions processed. The Bank receives transaction data at the end of each month for debit card services rendered, at which time revenue is recognized.

 

Prior to the adoption of the ASU, at December 31, 2018, upfront fees were recognized under the percentage of completion method. Since the performance obligation of setting up the program to go live is satisfied at a point in time, the revenue is deemed to be recognized once the performance obligation has been completed and the program is live, thereby creating an asset available for the customer to use.

 

The ASU provides the option to elect the modified retrospective method as a transition approach and the Bank has elected to use this method to comply with the new guidance under the ASU. Accordingly, the Company recorded an adjustment to opening retained earnings of $117,000 to reflect the change in accounting under the ASU.

 

Service charges on deposit accounts: The Bank offers business and personal retail products and services, which include, but are not limited to: online banking, mobile banking, ACH, and remote deposit capture. A standard deposit contract exists between the Bank and all deposit customers. The Bank earns fees from its deposit customers for transaction-based services (such as ATM use fees, stop payment charges, statement rendering, and ACH fees), account maintenance, and overdraft services. Transaction-based fees are recognized at the time the transaction is executed as that is the point in time the Bank fulfills the customer’s request. Account maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over which the Company satisfies the performance obligation. Overdraft fees are recognized at the point in time that the overdraft occurs. Service charges on deposits are withdrawn from the customer’s account balance.

 

Other service charges: The primary component of other service charges relates to foreign exchange (“FX”) conversion fees. The Bank outsources FX conversion for foreign currency transactions to correspondent banks. The Bank earns a portion of FX conversion fee that the customer charges to process an FX transaction. Revenue is recognized at the end of the month, once the customer has remitted the transaction information to the Bank.

111